text: /*
   * Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 PathScale, Inc.  All Rights Reserved.
   */
  
  /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
     Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
     2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
  
     Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
     <ian@cygnus.com>.
     N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
     <mark@codesourcery.com>
     Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
     Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
  
     This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
  
     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
     (at your option) any later version.
  
     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     GNU General Public License for more details.
  
     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
  
  /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's.  */
  
  #include "bfd.h"
  #include "sysdep.h"
  #include "libbfd.h"
  #include "libiberty.h"
  #include "elf-bfd.h"
  #include "elfxx-mips.h"
  #include "elf/mips.h"
  
  /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines.  */
  #include "coff/sym.h"
  #include "coff/symconst.h"
  #include "coff/ecoff.h"
  #include "coff/mips.h"
  
  #include "hashtab.h"
  
  /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
     sizes.  */
  struct mips_got_entry
  {
    /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined.  */
    bfd *abfd;
    /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
       we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise.  */
    long symndx;
    union
    {
      /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got.  */
      bfd_vma address;
      /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
         that should be added to the symbol value.  */
      bfd_vma addend;
      /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
         corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
         h->forced_local).  */
      struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    } d;
  
    /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
       IE).  The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
       relocations.  LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
       combined with any GD or IE flags.  An LDM GOT entry will be
       a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0.  */
    unsigned char tls_type;
  
    /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
       corresponding to this symbol+addend.  If it's a global symbol
       whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1.  */
    long gotidx;
  };
  
  /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking.  */
  
  struct mips_got_info
  {
    /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
       symbol table.  */
    struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
    /* The number of global .got entries.  */
    unsigned int global_gotno;
    /* The number of .got slots used for TLS.  */
    unsigned int tls_gotno;
    /* The first unused TLS .got entry.  Used only during
       mips_elf_initialize_tls_index.  */
    unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
    /* The number of local .got entries.  */
    unsigned int local_gotno;
    /* The number of local .got entries we have used.  */
    unsigned int assigned_gotno;
    /* A hash table holding members of the got.  */
    struct htab *got_entries;
    /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info.  NULL
       unless multi-got was necessary.  */
    struct htab *bfd2got;
    /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
       of the time, it points to the previous got).  */
    struct mips_got_info *next;
    /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
       for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned.  This is needed
       because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
       for the LDM.  It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode.  */
    bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
  };
  
  /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link.  */
  
  struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
    bfd *bfd;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
  };
  
  /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
     create and merge bfd's gots.  */
  
  struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
  {
    /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots.  */
    htab_t bfd2got;
    /* The output bfd.  */
    bfd *obfd;
    /* The link information.  */
    struct bfd_link_info *info;
    /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
       the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
       DT_MIPS_GOTSYM.  */
    struct mips_got_info *primary;
    /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
       gots.  */
    struct mips_got_info *current;
    /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
       16-bit offset.  */
    unsigned int max_count;
    /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got.  */
    unsigned int primary_count;
    /* The number of local and global entries in the current got.  */
    unsigned int current_count;
    /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
       primary got and be automatically relocated.  This includes
       those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
       the "master" GOT.  */
    unsigned int global_count;
  };
  
  /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal.  */
  
  struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
  {
    struct mips_got_info *g;
    int value;
    unsigned int needed_relocs;
    struct bfd_link_info *info;
  };
  
  /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
     entry or ELF symbol table traversal.  */
  
  struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
  {
    struct bfd_link_info *info;
    unsigned int needed;
  };
  
  struct _mips_elf_section_data
  {
    struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
    union
    {
      struct mips_got_info *got_info;
      bfd_byte *tdata;
    } u;
  };
  
  #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
    ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
  
  /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
     the dynamic symbols.  */
  
  struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
  {
    /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
       index.  */
    struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
    /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
       symbol with a GOT entry.  */
    long min_got_dynindx;
    /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
       with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
       with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs).  */
    long max_unref_got_dynindx;
    /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
       symbol without a GOT entry.  */
    long max_non_got_dynindx;
  };
  
  /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
     the global hash table.  */
  
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
  {
    struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
  
    /* External symbol information.  */
    EXTR esym;
  
    /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
       this symbol.  */
    unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
  
    /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
       a readonly section.  */
    bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
  
    /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
       related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
       R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
       p. 4-20.  */
    bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
  
    /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
       16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub.  */
    asection *fn_stub;
  
    /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
       in any relocs other than a 16 bit call.  */
    bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
  
    /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
       32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub.  */
    asection *call_stub;
  
    /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
       being called returns a floating point value.  */
    asection *call_fp_stub;
  
    /* Are we forced local?  This will only be set if we have converted
       the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry.  */
    bfd_boolean forced_local;
  
  #define GOT_NORMAL	0
  #define GOT_TLS_GD	1
  #define GOT_TLS_LDM	2
  #define GOT_TLS_IE	4
  #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE    0x40
  #define GOT_TLS_DONE    0x80
    unsigned char tls_type;
    /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
       is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
       there.  In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
       structures all referring to the same GOT slot.  It might be
       possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
       overloaded already.  */
    bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
  };
  
  /* MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
  
  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
  {
    struct elf_link_hash_table root;
    /* The number of .rtproc entries.  */
    bfd_size_type procedure_count;
    /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT).  */
    bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
    /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
       entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5.  */
    bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
    /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol.  */
    bfd_vma rld_value;
    /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections.  */
    bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
  };
  
  #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
    (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32		\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64		\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32		\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64		\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD			\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM			\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16		\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16		\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL		\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32		\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64		\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16		\
     || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
  
  /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym.  */
  
  struct extsym_info
  {
    bfd *abfd;
    struct bfd_link_info *info;
    struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
    const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
    bfd_boolean failed;
  };
  
  /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5.  */
  
  static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
  {
    "_procedure_table",
    "_procedure_string_table",
    "_procedure_table_size",
    NULL
  };
  
  /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
     IRIX5.  */
  
  typedef struct
  {
    unsigned long id1;		/* Always one?  */
    unsigned long num;		/* Number of compact relocation entries.  */
    unsigned long id2;		/* Always two?  */
    unsigned long offset;		/* The file offset of the first relocation.  */
    unsigned long reserved0;	/* Zero?  */
    unsigned long reserved1;	/* Zero?  */
  } Elf32_compact_rel;
  
  typedef struct
  {
    bfd_byte id1[4];
    bfd_byte num[4];
    bfd_byte id2[4];
    bfd_byte offset[4];
    bfd_byte reserved0[4];
    bfd_byte reserved1[4];
  } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
  
  typedef struct
  {
    unsigned int ctype : 1;	/* 1: long 0: short format. See below.  */
    unsigned int rtype : 4;	/* Relocation types. See below.  */
    unsigned int dist2to : 8;
    unsigned int relvaddr : 19;	/* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
    unsigned long konst;		/* KONST field. See below.  */
    unsigned long vaddr;		/* VADDR to be relocated.  */
  } Elf32_crinfo;
  
  typedef struct
  {
    unsigned int ctype : 1;	/* 1: long 0: short format. See below.  */
    unsigned int rtype : 4;	/* Relocation types. See below.  */
    unsigned int dist2to : 8;
    unsigned int relvaddr : 19;	/* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
    unsigned long konst;		/* KONST field. See below.  */
  } Elf32_crinfo2;
  
  typedef struct
  {
    bfd_byte info[4];
    bfd_byte konst[4];
    bfd_byte vaddr[4];
  } Elf32_External_crinfo;
  
  typedef struct
  {
    bfd_byte info[4];
    bfd_byte konst[4];
  } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
  
  /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo.  */
  
  #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
  #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
  #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
  #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
  #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
  #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
  #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
  #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
  
  /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
     formats.  A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
     fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2).  */
  #define CRF_MIPS_LONG			1
  #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT			0
  
  /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
     has different meaning for each type:
  
     (type)		(konst)
     CT_MIPS_REL32	Address in data
     CT_MIPS_WORD		Address in word (XXX)
     CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO	GP - vaddr
     CT_MIPS_JMPAD	Address to jump
     */
  
  #define CRT_MIPS_REL32			0xa
  #define CRT_MIPS_WORD			0xb
  #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO		0xc
  #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD			0xd
  
  #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format)	((x).ctype = (format))
  #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type)		((x).rtype = (type))
  #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v)		((x).dist2to = (v))
  #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d)		((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
  
  /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
     loader for use by the static exception system.  */
  
  typedef struct runtime_pdr {
  	bfd_vma	adr;		/* Memory address of start of procedure.  */
  	long	regmask;	/* Save register mask.  */
  	long	regoffset;	/* Save register offset.  */
  	long	fregmask;	/* Save floating point register mask.  */
  	long	fregoffset;	/* Save floating point register offset.  */
  	long	frameoffset;	/* Frame size.  */
  	short	framereg;	/* Frame pointer register.  */
  	short	pcreg;		/* Offset or reg of return pc.  */
  	long	irpss;		/* Index into the runtime string table.  */
  	long	reserved;
  	struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array.  */
  } RPDR, *pRPDR;
  #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
  #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
  
  static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
    (bfd *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
     struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
  static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
    (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
  static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
    (bfd_vma);
  static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
    (bfd *, asection *);
  static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
    (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
     struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
     bfd_vma *, asection *);
  static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
    (const void *);
  static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
    (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
  static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
    (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
  
  /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records.  */
  static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
  
  /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI.  */
  
  #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
    ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
  
  /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI.  */
  #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
    (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
  
  /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions.  */
  #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
  
  /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for.  */
  #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
    (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
  
  /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all.  */
  #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
    (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
  
  /* The name of the options section.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
    (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
  
  /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
     Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
    (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
  
  /* The name of the stub section.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
  
  /* The size of an external REL relocation.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
    (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
  
  /* The size of an external dynamic table entry.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
    (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
  
  /* The size of a GOT entry.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
    (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
  
  /* The size of a symbol-table entry.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
    (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
  
  /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd)				\
    (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
  
  /* Get word-sized data.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
    (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
  
  /* Put out word-sized data.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr)	\
    (ABI_64_P (abfd) 				\
     ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) 		\
     : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
  
  /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val)	\
    _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
  
  #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela)			\
    (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
  
  /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
     (zero) or RELA (non-zero).  The assumption is that, if there are
     two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
     the other is RELA.  If the index of the relocation we're testing is
     in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
     relocation size is that for RELA.  It is also assumed that, if
     rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
     section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
     section, that is RELA.  */
  #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx)				\
    ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr)			\
      * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel		\
      > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx))						\
     == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize			\
         == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela)		\
  	   : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
  
  /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
     from smaller values.  Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement.  */
  #define MINUS_ONE	(((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
  #define MINUS_TWO	(((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
  
  /* The number of local .got entries we reserve.  */
  #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
  
  /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section.  */
  #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
  
  /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
     offsets from $gp.  */
  #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
  
  /* Instructions which appear in a stub.  */
  #define STUB_LW(abfd)						\
    ((ABI_64_P (abfd)  						\
      ? 0xdf998010		/* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */		\
      : 0x8f998010))              /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
  #define STUB_MOVE(abfd)                                         \
     ((ABI_64_P (abfd)						\
       ? 0x03e0782d		/* daddu t7,ra */		\
       : 0x03e07821))		/* addu t7,ra */
  #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809	/* jalr t9,ra */
  #define STUB_LI16(abfd)                                         \
    ((ABI_64_P (abfd)						\
     ? 0x64180000			/* daddiu t8,zero,0 */		\
     : 0x24180000))		/* addiu t8,zero,0 */
  #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
  
  /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
     section.  */
  
  #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) 		\
     (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" 	\
      : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" 	\
      : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
  
  #ifdef BFD64
  #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
    (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
  #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i)					\
    (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
  #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i)					\
    (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
  #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t)					\
    (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
  #else
  #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
  #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i)					\
    (ELF32_R_SYM (i))
  #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i)					\
    (ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
  #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t)					\
    (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
  #endif
  
    /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
       floating point arguments.
  
       Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
       copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
       then jump to FNNAME.  If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
       call should be redirected to the stub instead.  If no 32 bit
       function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded.  We need to
       consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
       if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
       since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
  
       Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
       that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
       regs and then jump to FNNAME.  If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
       then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
       to the stub instead.  If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
       stub should be discarded.
  
       .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
       which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
       to the gp regs.  These stubs store the return value in $18 while
       calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
       must arrange to save $18 around the call.  (This case is not
       needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
       16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
       $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.)
  
       Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
       Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally.  Instead, the relocation
       information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
  
       We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table.  */
  
  #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
  #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
  #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
  
  /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
  
  #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow)	\
    ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)					\
     elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create),		\
  			 (copy), (follow)))
  
  /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
  
  #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
    (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
     (&(table)->root,							\
      (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func),	\
      (info)))
  
  /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
  
  #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
    ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
  
  /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
     for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively.  */
  
  #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
  #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
  
  static bfd_vma
  dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
  {
    /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
    if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
      return 0;
    return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
  }
  
  static bfd_vma
  tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
  {
    /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
    if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
      return 0;
    return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
  }
  
  /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
  
  static struct bfd_hash_entry *
  mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
  			    struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
  {
    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
      (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
  
    /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
       subclass.  */
    if (ret == NULL)
      ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
    if (ret == NULL)
      return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
  
    /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
  	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
  				     table, string));
    if (ret != NULL)
      {
        /* Set local fields.  */
        memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
        /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
  	 not been set.  -1 means there is no associated ifd.  */
        ret->esym.ifd = -2;
        ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
        ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
        ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
        ret->fn_stub = NULL;
        ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
        ret->call_stub = NULL;
        ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
        ret->forced_local = FALSE;
        ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
      }
  
    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
  }
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
  {
    struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
    bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
  
    sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
    if (sdata == NULL)
      return FALSE;
    sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
  
    return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
  }
  
  /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
     ecoff_debug_info structure.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
  			       struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
  {
    HDRR *symhdr;
    const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
    char *ext_hdr;
  
    swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
    memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
  
    ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
    if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
      goto error_return;
  
    if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
  				  swap->external_hdr_size))
      goto error_return;
  
    symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
    (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
  
    /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
       read.  */
  #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type)				\
    if (symhdr->count == 0)						\
      debug->ptr = NULL;							\
    else									\
      {									\
        bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count;		\
        debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt);					\
        if (debug->ptr == NULL)						\
  	goto error_return;						\
        if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0		\
  	  || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt)			\
  	goto error_return;						\
      }
  
    READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
    READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
    READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
    READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
    READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
    READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
  	union aux_ext *);
    READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
    READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
    READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
    READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
    READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
  #undef READ
  
    debug->fdr = NULL;
  
    return TRUE;
  
   error_return:
    if (ext_hdr != NULL)
      free (ext_hdr);
    if (debug->line != NULL)
      free (debug->line);
    if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
      free (debug->external_dnr);
    if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
      free (debug->external_pdr);
    if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
      free (debug->external_sym);
    if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
      free (debug->external_opt);
    if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
      free (debug->external_aux);
    if (debug->ss != NULL)
      free (debug->ss);
    if (debug->ssext != NULL)
      free (debug->ssext);
    if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
      free (debug->external_fdr);
    if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
      free (debug->external_rfd);
    if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
      free (debug->external_ext);
    return FALSE;
  }
  
  /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output.  */
  
  static void
  ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
  {
    H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
  
    H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
    H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
  
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
  }
  
  /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
  				 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
  				 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
  {
    const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
    HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
    RPDR *rpdr, *rp;
    struct rpdr_ext *erp;
    void *rtproc;
    struct pdr_ext *epdr;
    struct sym_ext *esym;
    char *ss, **sv;
    char *str;
    bfd_size_type size;
    bfd_size_type count;
    unsigned long sindex;
    unsigned long i;
    PDR pdr;
    SYMR sym;
    const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
  
    epdr = NULL;
    rpdr = NULL;
    esym = NULL;
    ss = NULL;
    sv = NULL;
  
    swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
  
    sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
    count = hdr->ipdMax;
    if (count > 0)
      {
        size = swap->external_pdr_size;
  
        epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
        if (epdr == NULL)
  	goto error_return;
  
        if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
  	goto error_return;
  
        size = sizeof (RPDR);
        rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
        if (rpdr == NULL)
  	goto error_return;
  
        size = sizeof (char *);
        sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
        if (sv == NULL)
  	goto error_return;
  
        count = hdr->isymMax;
        size = swap->external_sym_size;
        esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
        if (esym == NULL)
  	goto error_return;
  
        if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
  	goto error_return;
  
        count = hdr->issMax;
        ss = bfd_malloc (count);
        if (ss == NULL)
  	goto error_return;
        if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
  	goto error_return;
  
        count = hdr->ipdMax;
        for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
  	{
  	  (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
  	  (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
  	  rp->adr = sym.value;
  	  rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
  	  rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
  	  rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
  	  rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
  	  rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
  	  rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
  	  rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
  	  rp->irpss = sindex;
  	  sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
  	  sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
  	}
      }
  
    size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
    size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
    rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
    if (rtproc == NULL)
      {
        mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
        goto error_return;
      }
  
    mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
  
    erp = rtproc;
    memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
    erp++;
    str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
    strcpy (str, no_name_func);
    str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
      {
        ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
        strcpy (str, sv[i]);
        str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
      }
    H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
  
    /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section.  */
    s->size = size;
    s->contents = rtproc;
  
    /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
       matters, but someday it might).  */
    s->link_order_head = NULL;
  
    if (epdr != NULL)
      free (epdr);
    if (rpdr != NULL)
      free (rpdr);
    if (esym != NULL)
      free (esym);
    if (ss != NULL)
      free (ss);
    if (sv != NULL)
      free (sv);
  
    return TRUE;
  
   error_return:
    if (epdr != NULL)
      free (epdr);
    if (rpdr != NULL)
      free (rpdr);
    if (esym != NULL)
      free (esym);
    if (ss != NULL)
      free (ss);
    if (sv != NULL)
      free (sv);
    return FALSE;
  }
  
  /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
     discard them.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
  			     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
    if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
      h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
  
    if (h->fn_stub != NULL
        && ! h->need_fn_stub)
      {
        /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
           are 16 bit calls.  Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
           being included in the link.  */
        h->fn_stub->size = 0;
        h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
        h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
        h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
      }
  
    if (h->call_stub != NULL
        && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
      {
        /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
           calls from other 16 bit functions are OK.  Clobber the size
           to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link.  */
        h->call_stub->size = 0;
        h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
        h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
        h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
      }
  
    if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
        && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
      {
        /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
           calls from other 16 bit functions are OK.  Clobber the size
           to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link.  */
        h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
        h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
        h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
        h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
     Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
     are 32 bits.
  
     The format of these instructions is:
  
     +--------------+--------------------------------+
     |     JALX     | X|   Imm 20:16  |   Imm 25:21  |
     +--------------+--------------------------------+
     |                Immediate  15:0                |
     +-----------------------------------------------+
  
     JALX is the 5-bit value 00011.  X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
     Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
  
     When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
     handled mostly like R_MIPS_26.  In particular, the addend is
     stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
     (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
     R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
     always zero).  However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
     16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value.  In a
     big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
     file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
     This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
     instruction.
  
     When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
     instruction stored as two 16-bit values.  The addend A is the
     contents of the targ26 field.  The calculation is the same as
     R_MIPS_26.  When storing the calculated value, reorder the
     immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
     value as two 16-bit values.
  
     To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
     defined as
  
     big-endian:
     +--------+----------------------+
     |        |                      |
     |        |    targ26-16         |
     |31    26|25                   0|
     +--------+----------------------+
  
     little-endian:
     +----------+------+-------------+
     |          |      |             |
     |  sub1    |      |     sub2    |
     |0        9|10  15|16         31|
     +----------+--------------------+
     where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
     ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
  
     When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
     (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
     When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
     let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
     ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
  
     R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
     mode.  A typical instruction will have a format like this:
  
     +--------------+--------------------------------+
     |    EXTEND    |     Imm 10:5    |   Imm 15:11  |
     +--------------+--------------------------------+
     |    Major     |   rx   |   ry   |   Imm  4:0   |
     +--------------+--------------------------------+
  
     EXTEND is the five bit value 11110.  Major is the instruction
     opcode.
  
     This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
     addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
     is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
  
     All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.  As
     above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
     little-endian system.
  
     R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
     access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
     can be used.  They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
     except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
     for R_MIPS16_GPREL.
    */
  void
  _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
  				 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
  {
    bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
  
    if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
        && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
      return;
  
    /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction.  */
    extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
    insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
    if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
      {
        if (jal_shuffle)
  	val = ((extend & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend & 0x3e0) << 11)
  	      | ((extend & 0x1f) << 21) | insn;
        else
  	val = extend << 16 | insn;
      }
    else
      val = ((extend & 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn & 0xffe0) << 11)
  	  | ((extend & 0x1f) << 11) | (extend & 0x7e0) | (insn & 0x1f);
    bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
  }
  
  void
  _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
  			       bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
  {
    bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
  
    if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
        && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
      return;
  
    val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
    if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
      {
        if (jal_shuffle)
  	{
  	  insn = val & 0xffff;
  	  extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
  		   | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  insn = val & 0xffff;
  	  extend = val >> 16;
  	}
      }
    else
      {
        insn = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
        extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
      }
    bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, data + 2);
    bfd_put_16 (abfd, extend, data);
  }
  
  bfd_reloc_status_type
  _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
  			       arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
  			       bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
  {
    bfd_vma relocation;
    bfd_signed_vma val;
    bfd_reloc_status_type status;
  
    if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
      relocation = 0;
    else
      relocation = symbol->value;
  
    relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
    relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
  
    if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
      return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
  
    /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol.  */
    val = reloc_entry->addend;
  
    _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
  
    /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value.  If we
       are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
       an external symbol.  */
    if (! relocatable
        || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
      val += relocation - gp;
  
    if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
      {
        status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
  				       (bfd_byte *) data
  				       + reloc_entry->address);
        if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
  	return status;
      }
    else
      reloc_entry->addend = val;
  
    if (relocatable)
      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
  
    return bfd_reloc_ok;
  }
  
  /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
     R_MIPS_GOT16.  REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
     that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
     INPUT_SECTION.  */
  
  struct mips_hi16
  {
    struct mips_hi16 *next;
    bfd_byte *data;
    asection *input_section;
    arelent rel;
  };
  
  /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable.  */
  
  static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
  
  /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations.  We can only
     calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
     *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
  
     The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
     However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
     *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16.  This significantly
     simplies the relocation handling in gcc.  */
  
  bfd_reloc_status_type
  _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
  			  asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
  			  asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
  			  char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
    struct mips_hi16 *n;
  
    if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
      return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
  
    n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
    if (n == NULL)
      return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
  
    n->next = mips_hi16_list;
    n->data = data;
    n->input_section = input_section;
    n->rel = *reloc_entry;
    mips_hi16_list = n;
  
    if (output_bfd != NULL)
      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
  
    return bfd_reloc_ok;
  }
  
  /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations.  This is just
     like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
     treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols.  */
  
  bfd_reloc_status_type
  _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
  			   void *data, asection *input_section,
  			   bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
  {
    if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
        || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
        || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
      /* The relocation is against a global symbol.  */
      return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
  					input_section, output_bfd,
  					error_message);
  
    return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
  				   input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
  }
  
  /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations.  The *LO16 itself
     is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
     any partnering high-part relocations as well.  */
  
  bfd_reloc_status_type
  _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
  			  void *data, asection *input_section,
  			  bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
  {
    bfd_vma vallo;
    bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
  
    if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
      return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
  
    _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
  				   location);
    vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
    _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
  				 location);
  
    while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
      {
        bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
        struct mips_hi16 *hi;
  
        hi = mips_hi16_list;
  
        /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case.  We
  	 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
  	 relocation (with a rightshift of 16).  However, since GOT16
  	 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
  	 has a rightshift of 0.  */
        if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
  	hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
  
        /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number.  Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
  	 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part.  */
        hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
  
        ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
  					 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
  					 error_message);
        if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
  	return ret;
  
        mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
        free (hi);
      }
  
    return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
  				      input_section, output_bfd,
  				      error_message);
  }
  
  /* A generic howto special_function.  This calculates and installs the
     relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
     bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation.  */
  
  bfd_reloc_status_type
  _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
  			     asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  			     asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
  			     char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
    bfd_signed_vma val;
    bfd_reloc_status_type status;
    bfd_boolean relocatable;
  
    relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
  
    if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
      return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
  
    /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL.  */
    val = 0;
    if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
      {
        /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
  	 relocation against a section symbol.  Add in the section's
  	 offset or address.  */
        val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
        val += symbol->section->output_offset;
      }
  
    if (!relocatable)
      {
        /* We're calculating the final field value.  Add in the symbol's value
  	 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself.  */
        val += symbol->value;
        if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
  	{
  	  val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
  	  val -= input_section->output_offset;
  	  val -= reloc_entry->address;
  	}
      }
  
    /* VAL is now the final adjustment.  If we're keeping this relocation
       in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
       we just need to add VAL to that addend.  Otherwise we need to add
       VAL to the relocation field itself.  */
    if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
      reloc_entry->addend += val;
    else
      {
        bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
  
        /* Add in the separate addend, if any.  */
        val += reloc_entry->addend;
  
        /* Add VAL to the relocation field.  */
        _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
  				       location);
        status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
  				       location);
        _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
  				     location);
  
        if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
  	return status;
      }
  
    if (relocatable)
      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
  
    return bfd_reloc_ok;
  }
  
  /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section.  Note that these routines rely
     on the equivalence of the two elements of the union.  */
  
  static void
  bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
  			      Elf32_gptab *in)
  {
    in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
    in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
  }
  
  static void
  bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
  			       Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
  {
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
  }
  
  static void
  bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
  				Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
  {
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
  }
  
  static void
  bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
  			   Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
  {
    unsigned long l;
  
    l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
         | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
         | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
         | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
  }
  
  /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure.  These
     routines swap this structure in and out.  They are used outside of
     BFD, so they are globally visible.  */
  
  void
  bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
  				Elf32_RegInfo *in)
  {
    in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
    in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
    in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
    in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
    in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
    in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
  }
  
  void
  bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
  				 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
  {
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
  }
  
  /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
     information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure.  These routines swap
     them in and out.  They are globally visible because they are used
     outside of BFD.  These routines are here so that gas can call them
     without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included.  */
  
  void
  bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
  				Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
  {
    in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
    in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
    in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
    in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
    in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
    in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
    in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
  }
  
  void
  bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
  				 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
  {
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
    H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
  }
  
  /* Swap in an options header.  */
  
  void
  bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
  			      Elf_Internal_Options *in)
  {
    in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
    in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
    in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
    in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
  }
  
  /* Swap out an options header.  */
  
  void
  bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
  			       Elf_External_Options *ex)
  {
    H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
    H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
    H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
    H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
  }
  
  /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
     entries by increasing r_symndx value.  */
  
  static int
  sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
  {
    Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
    Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
  
    bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
    bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
  
    return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
  }
  
  /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations.  */
  
  static int
  sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  			const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
  #ifdef BFD64
    Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
    Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
  
    (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
      (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
    (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
      (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
  
    return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info)
  	  - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info));
  #else
    abort ();
  #endif
  }
  
  
  /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
     information.  It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse.  The
     ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
     symbol information.  Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
     whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
     tables may wind up being different.  We must sort out the external
     symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
     section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
     can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
     required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
     Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
     stripped but required by a reloc.  In particular, it can not happen
     when generating a final executable.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
  {
    struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
    bfd_boolean strip;
    asection *sec, *output_section;
  
    if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
      h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
  
    if (h->root.indx == -2)
      strip = FALSE;
    else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
  	    || h->root.ref_dynamic
  	    || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
  	   && !h->root.def_regular
  	   && !h->root.ref_regular)
      strip = TRUE;
    else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
  	   || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
  	       && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
  				   h->root.root.root.string,
  				   FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
      strip = TRUE;
    else
      strip = FALSE;
  
    if (strip)
      return TRUE;
  
    if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
      {
        h->esym.jmptbl = 0;
        h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
        h->esym.weakext = 0;
        h->esym.reserved = 0;
        h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
        h->esym.asym.value = 0;
        h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
  
        if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
  	  || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
  	{
  	  const char *name;
  
  	  /* Use undefined class.  Also, set class and type for some
               special symbols.  */
  	  name = h->root.root.root.string;
  	  if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
  	      || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
  	    {
  	      h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
  	      h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
  	      h->esym.asym.value = 0;
  	    }
  	  else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
  	    {
  	      h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
  	      h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
  	      h->esym.asym.value =
  		mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
  	    }
  	  else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
  	    {
  	      h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
  	      h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
  	      h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
  	    }
  	  else
  	    h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
  	}
        else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
  	  && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
  	h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
        else
  	{
  	  const char *name;
  
  	  sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
  	  output_section = sec->output_section;
  
  	  /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
  	     the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null.  */
  	  if (output_section == NULL)
  	    h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
  	  else
  	    {
  	      name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
  
  	      if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
  		h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
  	      else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
  		h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
  	      else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
  		h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
  	      else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
  		       || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
  		h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
  	      else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
  		h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
  	      else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
  		h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
  	      else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
  		h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
  	      else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
  		h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
  	      else
  		h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
  	    }
  	}
  
        h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
        h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
      }
  
    if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
      h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
    else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
  	   || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
      {
        if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
  	h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
        else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
  	h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
  
        sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
        output_section = sec->output_section;
        if (output_section != NULL)
  	h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
  			      + sec->output_offset
  			      + output_section->vma);
        else
  	h->esym.asym.value = 0;
      }
    else if (h->root.needs_plt)
      {
        struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
        bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
  
        while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
  	{
  	  hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
  	  no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
  	}
  
        if (!no_fn_stub)
  	{
  	  /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub.  */
  	  h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
  	  sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
  	  if (sec == NULL)
  	    h->esym.asym.value = 0;
  	  else
  	    {
  	      output_section = sec->output_section;
  	      if (output_section != NULL)
  		h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
  				      + sec->output_offset
  				      + output_section->vma);
  	      else
  		h->esym.asym.value = 0;
  	    }
  	}
      }
  
    if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
  				      h->root.root.root.string,
  				      &h->esym))
      {
        einfo->failed = TRUE;
        return FALSE;
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries.  */
  
  static int
  gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
  {
    const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
    const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
  
    return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
  }
  
  /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table.  */
  
  /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
     hash number.  */
  
  static INLINE hashval_t
  mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
  {
  #ifdef BFD64
    return addr + (addr >> 32);
  #else
    return addr;
  #endif
  }
  
  /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
     use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
     union members.  */
  
  static hashval_t
  mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
  {
    const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
  
    return entry->symndx
      + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
      + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
         : entry->abfd->id
           + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
  	    : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
  }
  
  static int
  mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
  {
    const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
    const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
  
    /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry.  */
    if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
      return 0;
  
    return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
      && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
  	: e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
  	: e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
  }
  
  /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
     even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
     hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
     accordingly.  */
  
  static hashval_t
  mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
  {
    const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
  
    return entry->symndx
      + (! entry->abfd
         ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
         : entry->symndx >= 0
         ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
  	  ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
  	  : (entry->abfd->id
  	     + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
         : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
  }
  
  static int
  mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
  {
    const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
    const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
  
    /* Any two LDM entries match.  */
    if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
      return 1;
  
    /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry.  */
    if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
      return 0;
  
    return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
      && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
  	: e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
  	? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
  	: e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
  }
  
  /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ.  */
  
  static asection *
  mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd *dynobj, bfd_boolean create_p)
  {
    static const char dname[] = ".rel.dyn";
    asection *sreloc;
  
    sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
    if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
      {
        sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname);
        if (sreloc == NULL
  	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
  				      (SEC_ALLOC
  				       | SEC_LOAD
  				       | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
  				       | SEC_IN_MEMORY
  				       | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
  				       | SEC_READONLY))
  	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
  					  MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
  	return NULL;
      }
    return sreloc;
  }
  
  /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD.  */
  
  static asection *
  mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded)
  {
    asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
    if (sgot == NULL
        || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
      return NULL;
    return sgot;
  }
  
  /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
     INFO.  If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
     section.  */
  
  static struct mips_got_info *
  mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp)
  {
    asection *sgot;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
  
    sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
    BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
    BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
    g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
    BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
  
    if (sgotp)
      *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
  
    return g;
  }
  
  /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
     access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
     is NULL).  */
  
  static int
  mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
  		     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
  {
    int indx = 0;
    int ret = 0;
    bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
    bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
  
    if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
        && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
      indx = h->dynindx;
  
    if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
        && (h == NULL
  	  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
  	  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
      need_relocs = TRUE;
  
    if (!need_relocs)
      return FALSE;
  
    if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
      {
        ret++;
        if (indx != 0)
  	ret++;
      }
  
    if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
      ret++;
  
    if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
      ret++;
  
    return ret;
  }
  
  /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
     ARG1, if it describes a local symbol.  */
  
  static int
  mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
  {
    struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
    struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
  
    if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
      arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
  
    return 1;
  }
  
  /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
     forced-local) symbol in ARG1.  */
  
  static int
  mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
  {
    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
      = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
    struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
  
    if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
      arg->needed += 2;
    if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
      arg->needed += 1;
  
    return 1;
  }
  
  /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
     forced-local) symbol in ARG1.  */
  
  static int
  mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
  {
    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
      = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
    struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
  
    arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
  
    return 1;
  }
  
  /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC.  */
  
  static void
  mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
  				    asection *sreloc,
  				    unsigned long indx,
  				    int r_type,
  				    bfd_vma offset)
  {
    Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
  
    memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
  
    rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
    rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
  
    if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
      {
        (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
  	(output_bfd, &rel[0],
  	 (sreloc->contents
  	  + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
      }
    else
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
        (output_bfd, &rel[0],
         (sreloc->contents
  	+ sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
    ++sreloc->reloc_count;
  }
  
  /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol.  */
  
  static void
  mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
  			       unsigned char *tls_type_p,
  			       struct bfd_link_info *info,
  			       struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
  			       bfd_vma value)
  {
    int indx;
    asection *sreloc, *sgot;
    bfd_vma offset, offset2;
    bfd *dynobj;
    bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
  
    dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
    sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
  
    indx = 0;
    if (h != NULL)
      {
        bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
  
        if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
  	  && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
  	indx = h->root.dynindx;
      }
  
    if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
      return;
  
    if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
        && (h == NULL
  	  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
  	  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
      need_relocs = TRUE;
  
    /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object.  It may not
       be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
       case.  Otherwise complain if we would use the value.  */
    BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
  	      || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
  
    /* Emit necessary relocations.  */
    sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
  
    /* General Dynamic.  */
    if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
      {
        offset = got_offset;
        offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
  
        if (need_relocs)
  	{
  	  mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
  	    (abfd, sreloc, indx,
  	     ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
  	     sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
  
  	  if (indx)
  	    mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
  	      (abfd, sreloc, indx,
  	       ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
  	       sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
  	  else
  	    MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
  			       sgot->contents + offset2);
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
  			     sgot->contents + offset);
  	  MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
  			     sgot->contents + offset2);
  	}
  
        got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
      }
  
    /* Initial Exec model.  */
    if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
      {
        offset = got_offset;
  
        if (need_relocs)
  	{
  	  if (indx == 0)
  	    MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
  			       sgot->contents + offset);
  	  else
  	    MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
  			       sgot->contents + offset);
  
  	  mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
  	    (abfd, sreloc, indx,
  	     ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
  	     sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
  	}
        else
  	MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
  			   sgot->contents + offset);
      }
  
    if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
      {
        /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
  	 bias by DTP_OFFSET.  */
        MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
  			 sgot->contents + got_offset
  			 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
  
        if (!info->shared)
  	MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
  			   sgot->contents + got_offset);
        else
  	mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
  	  (abfd, sreloc, indx,
  	   ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
  	   sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
      }
  
    *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
  }
  
  /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
     a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models.  The GOT entries for this
     symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX.  This function initializes the
     GOT entries and corresponding relocations.  */
  
  static bfd_vma
  mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
  		    int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
  		    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
  {
    BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
  	      || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM);
  
    mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
  
    if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL)
      {
        BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
        if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
  	return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
        else
  	return got_index;
      }
  
    if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD)
      {
        BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
        return got_index;
      }
  
    if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
      {
        BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
        return got_index;
      }
  
    return got_index;
  }
  
  /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
     If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one.  If
     R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS GOT entry instead.
     Returns -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found.  */
  
  static bfd_vma
  mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
  			  bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
  			  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
  {
    asection *sgot;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
    struct mips_got_entry *entry;
  
    g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
  
    entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value,
  					   r_symndx, h, r_type);
    if (!entry)
      return MINUS_ONE;
  
    if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
      return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type, r_type,
  			       info, h, value);
    else
      return entry->gotidx;
  }
  
  /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H.  */
  
  static bfd_vma
  mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
  			   int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
  {
    bfd_vma index;
    asection *sgot;
    struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
    long global_got_dynindx = 0;
  
    gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
    if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
      {
        struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
  
        BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
  
        g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
        if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
  	{
  	  e.abfd = ibfd;
  	  e.symndx = -1;
  	  e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
  	  e.tls_type = 0;
  
  	  p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
  
  	  BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
  
  	  if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
  	    {
  	      bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
  	      if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
  		   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
  		  && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
  		value = (h->root.u.def.value
  			 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
  			 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
  
  	      return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
  					 info, e.d.h, value);
  	    }
  	  else
  	    return p->gotidx;
  	}
      }
  
    if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
      global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
  
    if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
      {
        struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
  	= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
        bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
  
        if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
  	   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
  	  && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
  	value = (h->root.u.def.value
  		 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
  		 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
  
        index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
  				  r_type, info, hm, value);
      }
    else
      {
        /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
  	 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
  	 indices into the GOT.  That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
  	 offset.  */
        BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
        index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
  	       * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
      }
    BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->size);
  
    return index;
  }
  
  /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE.  These entries
     are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
     within 32KB of GP.  Return the index into the GOT for this page,
     and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
     OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL.  */
  
  static bfd_vma
  mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
  		   bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
  {
    asection *sgot;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
    bfd_vma index;
    struct mips_got_entry *entry;
  
    g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
  
    entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot,
  					   (value + 0x8000)
  					   & (~(bfd_vma)0xffff), 0,
  					   NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
  
    if (!entry)
      return MINUS_ONE;
  
    index = entry->gotidx;
  
    if (offsetp)
      *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
  
    return index;
  }
  
  /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
     for value.  Return the index into the GOT for this entry.  */
  
  static bfd_vma
  mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
  		      bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
  {
    asection *sgot;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
    struct mips_got_entry *entry;
  
    if (! external)
      {
        /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
  	 want, it is really the %high value.  The complete value is
  	 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
  	 HI16/LO16 pair.  */
        value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
      }
  
    g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
  
    entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, ibfd, g, sgot, value, 0, NULL,
  					   R_MIPS_GOT16);
    if (entry)
      return entry->gotidx;
    else
      return MINUS_ONE;
  }
  
  /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
     in the GOT.  */
  
  static bfd_vma
  mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd,
  				bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
  {
    asection *sgot;
    bfd_vma gp;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
  
    g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
    gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
      + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
  
    return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
  }
  
  /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE.  Return the index of the entry,
     or -1 if it could not be created.  If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
     create a TLS entry instead.  */
  
  static struct mips_got_entry *
  mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd,
  				 struct mips_got_info *gg,
  				 asection *sgot, bfd_vma value,
  				 unsigned long r_symndx,
  				 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
  				 int r_type)
  {
    struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
  
    entry.abfd = NULL;
    entry.symndx = -1;
    entry.d.address = value;
    entry.tls_type = 0;
  
    g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
    if (g == NULL)
      {
        g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
        BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
      }
  
    /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local.  Use the
       global entry then.  It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
       or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
       automatically relocate TLS GOT entries.  */
    BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->root.forced_local);
    if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
      {
        struct mips_got_entry *p;
  
        entry.abfd = ibfd;
        if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
  	{
  	  entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
  	  entry.symndx = 0;
  	  entry.d.addend = 0;
  	}
        else if (h == NULL)
  	{
  	  entry.symndx = r_symndx;
  	  entry.d.addend = 0;
  	}
        else
  	entry.d.h = h;
  
        p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
  	htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
  
        BFD_ASSERT (p);
        return p;
      }
  
    loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
  						   INSERT);
    if (*loc)
      return *loc;
  
    entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
    entry.tls_type = 0;
  
    *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
  
    if (! *loc)
      return NULL;
  
    memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
  
    if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
      {
        (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
        /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT.  */
        (*_bfd_error_handler)
  	(_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
        return NULL;
      }
  
    MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
  		     (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
  
    return *loc;
  }
  
  /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
     appear towards the end.  This reduces the amount of GOT space
     required.  MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
     known to be in the dynamic symbol table.  During
     _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1.  Afterward, the
     section symbols are added and the count is higher.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local)
  {
    struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
    bfd *dynobj;
  
    dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
  
    g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
  
    hsd.low = NULL;
    hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
    hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
      /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
         indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
         primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
         dynamic relocations that reference it.  Since they aren't
         referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
         don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
         too large offsets.  */
      - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
    hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
    mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
  				elf_hash_table (info)),
  			       mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
  			       &hsd);
  
    /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
       accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols.  */
    BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
    BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
  	      <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
  
    /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
       table index in the GOT.  */
    g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
     index.  Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
     index.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
  {
    struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
  
    if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
      h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
  
    /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
       at all.  */
    if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
      return TRUE;
  
    /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
       referenced are marked with got offset 2.  Those that are
       referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
       -1.  */
    if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
      {
        BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
  
        if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
  	hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
        h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
      }
    else if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
      h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
    else
      {
        BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
  
        h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
        hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
     symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
     posterity.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
  				   bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
  				   struct mips_got_info *g,
  				   unsigned char tls_flag)
  {
    struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
  
    /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
       table.  */
    if (h->dynindx == -1)
      {
        switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
  	{
  	case STV_INTERNAL:
  	case STV_HIDDEN:
  	  _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
  	  break;
  	}
        if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
  	return FALSE;
      }
  
    entry.abfd = abfd;
    entry.symndx = -1;
    entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
    entry.tls_type = 0;
  
    loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
  						   INSERT);
  
    /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
       need to do it again.  */
    if (*loc)
      {
        (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
        return TRUE;
      }
  
    *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
  
    if (! *loc)
      return FALSE;
  
    entry.gotidx = -1;
    entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
  
    memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
  
    if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
      return TRUE;
  
    /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
       there needs to be a GOT entry for H.  Avoid using zero, as the
       generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0.  */
    if (tls_flag == 0)
      h->got.offset = 1;
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
     SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
  				  struct mips_got_info *g,
  				  unsigned char tls_flag)
  {
    struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
  
    entry.abfd = abfd;
    entry.symndx = symndx;
    entry.d.addend = addend;
    entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
    loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
      htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
  
    if (*loc)
      {
        if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
  	{
  	  g->tls_gotno += 2;
  	  (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
  	}
        else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
  	{
  	  g->tls_gotno += 1;
  	  (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
  	}
        return TRUE;
      }
  
    if (tls_flag != 0)
      {
        entry.gotidx = -1;
        entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
        if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
  	g->tls_gotno += 1;
        else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
  	g->tls_gotno += 2;
        else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
  	{
  	  g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
  	  g->tls_gotno += 2;
  	}
      }
    else
      {
        entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
        entry.tls_type = 0;
      }
  
    *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
  
    if (! *loc)
      return FALSE;
  
    memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry.  */
  
  static hashval_t
  mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
  {
    const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
      = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
  
    return entry->bfd->id;
  }
  
  /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd.  */
  
  static int
  mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
  {
    const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
      = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
    const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
      = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
  
    return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
  }
  
  /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF.  G must
     be the master GOT data.  */
  
  static struct mips_got_info *
  mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
  {
    struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
  
    if (! g->bfd2got)
      return g;
  
    e.bfd = ibfd;
    p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
    return p ? p->g : NULL;
  }
  
  /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
     got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
     bfd requires.  */
  
  static int
  mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
  {
    struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
    struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
    htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
    struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
    void **bfdgotp;
  
    /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd.  Create one if
       none exists.  */
    bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd;
    bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
    bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp;
  
    if (bfdgot != NULL)
      g = bfdgot->g;
    else
      {
        bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
  	(arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
  
        if (bfdgot == NULL)
  	{
  	  arg->obfd = 0;
  	  return 0;
  	}
  
        *bfdgotp = bfdgot;
  
        bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd;
        bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *)
  	bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
        if (g == NULL)
  	{
  	  arg->obfd = 0;
  	  return 0;
  	}
  
        g->global_gotsym = NULL;
        g->global_gotno = 0;
        g->local_gotno = 0;
        g->assigned_gotno = -1;
        g->tls_gotno = 0;
        g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
        g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
        g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
  					mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
        if (g->got_entries == NULL)
  	{
  	  arg->obfd = 0;
  	  return 0;
  	}
  
        g->bfd2got = NULL;
        g->next = NULL;
      }
  
    /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table.  */
    entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
    if (*entryp != NULL)
      return 1;
  
    *entryp = entry;
  
    if (entry->tls_type)
      {
        if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
  	g->tls_gotno += 2;
        if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
  	g->tls_gotno += 1;
      }
    else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
      ++g->local_gotno;
    else
      ++g->global_gotno;
  
    return 1;
  }
  
  /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds.  Try to use as much
     as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
     dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
     symbols out of the addressable range.  Failing the primary got,
     attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
     and then make make the new got current.  */
  
  static int
  mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
  {
    struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
      = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
    struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
    unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno;
    unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno;
    unsigned int tcount = bfd2got->g->tls_gotno;
    unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count;
    bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls = FALSE;
  
    /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals.  The globals
       for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
       sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
       case.  This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs.  */
    if (tcount > 0)
      {
        unsigned int primary_total = lcount + tcount + arg->global_count;
        if (primary_total * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got->bfd)
  	   >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (bfd2got->bfd))
  	too_many_for_tls = TRUE;
      }
  
    /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
       a starting point for the primary GOT.  */
    if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt
        && ! too_many_for_tls)
      {
        arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
        arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount;
      }
    /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
       the primary, merge them.  The heuristics is conservative, but we
       don't have to squeeze it too hard.  */
    else if (arg->primary && ! too_many_for_tls
  	   && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount + tcount) <= maxcnt)
      {
        struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
        int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno;
        int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno;
        int old_tcount = arg->primary->tls_gotno;
  
        bfd2got->g = arg->primary;
  
        htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
  		     mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
  		     arg);
        if (arg->obfd == NULL)
  	return 0;
  
        htab_delete (g->got_entries);
        /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
  	 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
  	 table anyway.  */
  
        BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno);
        BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno);
        BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->primary->tls_gotno);
  
        arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno
  	+ arg->primary->global_gotno + arg->primary->tls_gotno;
      }
    /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it.  */
    else if (arg->current
  	   && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt)
      {
        struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g;
        int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno;
        int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno;
        int old_tcount = arg->current->tls_gotno;
  
        bfd2got->g = arg->current;
  
        htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
  		     mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd,
  		     arg);
        if (arg->obfd == NULL)
  	return 0;
  
        htab_delete (g->got_entries);
  
        BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno);
        BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno);
        BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->current->tls_gotno);
  
        arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno
  	+ arg->current->global_gotno + arg->current->tls_gotno;
      }
    /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT.  Don't check if it
       fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
       overflows anyway.  */
    else
      {
        bfd2got->g->next = arg->current;
        arg->current = bfd2got->g;
  
        arg->current_count = lcount + gcount + 2 * tcount;
      }
  
    return 1;
  }
  
  /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP.  */
  
  static int
  mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
  {
    struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
    struct mips_got_info *g = p;
  
    /* We're only interested in TLS symbols.  */
    if (entry->tls_type == 0)
      return 1;
  
    if (entry->symndx == -1)
      {
        /* There may be multiple mips_got_entry structs for a global variable
  	 if there is just one GOT.  Just do this once.  */
        if (g->next == NULL)
  	{
  	  if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
  	    return 1;
  	  entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
  	}
      }
    else if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
      {
        /* Similarly, there may be multiple structs for the LDM entry.  */
        if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
  	{
  	  entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
  	  return 1;
  	}
      }
  
    /* Initialize the GOT offset.  */
    entry->gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
    if (g->next == NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
      entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = entry->gotidx;
  
    if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
      g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
    if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
      g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
  
    if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
      g->tls_ldm_offset = entry->gotidx;
  
    return 1;
  }
  
  /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
     to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
     got) to the given VALUE.
  
     If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
     not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
     the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
     global symbol.  G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
     first available global GOT entry in G.  VALUE must contain the size
     of a GOT entry in bytes.  For each global GOT entry that requires a
     dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
     marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
     stub.  */
  static int
  mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
  {
    struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
    struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
      = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
    struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
  
    if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
      arg->needed_relocs +=
        mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
  			   entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
  
    if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
        && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1
        && entry->d.h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL)
      {
        if (g)
  	{
  	  BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
  
  	  entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
  	  if (arg->info->shared
  	      || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
  		  && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
  		  && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
  	    ++arg->needed_relocs;
  	}
        else
  	entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
      }
  
    return 1;
  }
  
  /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
     as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs.  */
  static int
  mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
    struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
  
    if (entry->abfd != NULL
        && entry->symndx == -1
        && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
      entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
  
    return 1;
  }
  
  /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
     points to the final symbol definition.  P must point to a pointer
     to the hash table we're traversing.  Since this traversal may
     modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
     we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
     the traversal must be restarted.  */
  static int
  mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p)
  {
    struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
    htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
  
    if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
      {
        struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
  
        while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   	     || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
  	h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
  
        if (entry->d.h == h)
  	return 1;
  
        entry->d.h = h;
  
        /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
  	 it, and get the traversal restarted.  */
        if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
  	{
  	  htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
  	  entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
  	  if (! *entryp)
  	    *entryp = entry;
  	  /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
  	     moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
  	     process.  */
  	  *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
  	  return 0;
  	}
        /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
  	 either too early or too late for that at this point.  */
      }
  
    return 1;
  }
  
  /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
     locations.  */
  static void
  mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
  {
    htab_t got_entries;
  
    do
      {
        got_entries = g->got_entries;
  
        htab_traverse (got_entries,
  		     mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
  		     &got_entries);
      }
    while (got_entries == NULL);
  }
  
  /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
     the primary GOT.  */
  static bfd_vma
  mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
  {
    if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
      return 0;
  
    g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
    if (! g)
      return 0;
  
    BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
  
    g = g->next;
  
    return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
      * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
  }
  
  /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
     a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
  		    struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got,
  		    bfd_size_type pages)
  {
    struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
    struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
    struct mips_got_info *gg;
    unsigned int assign;
  
    g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
  				mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
    if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
      return FALSE;
  
    got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
    got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
    got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
  
    /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
       map from bfd to got info while at that.  */
    htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
    if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
      return FALSE;
  
    got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
    got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
    /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate.  We could
       compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
       uses, but it's probably not worth it.  */
    got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd)
  				/ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
  			       - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO - pages);
    /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
       See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
       information.  */
    got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
  
    /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
       don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
       to be the primary GOT.  */
    htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
    if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
      return FALSE;
  
    /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one.  */
    if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
      {
        g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
  	bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
        if (g->next == NULL)
  	return FALSE;
  
        g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
        g->next->global_gotno = 0;
        g->next->local_gotno = 0;
        g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
        g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
        g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
        g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
        g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
  					      mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
  					      NULL);
        if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
  	return FALSE;
        g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
      }
    else
      g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
    g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
  
    /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT.  */
    gg = g;
    g = g->next;
  
    /* Map the output bfd to the primary got.  That's what we're going
       to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
       didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
       We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
       list.  */
    {
      struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
      void **bfdgotp;
  
      bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
        (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
  
      if (bfdgot == NULL)
        return FALSE;
  
      bfdgot->bfd = abfd;
      bfdgot->g = g;
      bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
  
      BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
      *bfdgotp = bfdgot;
    }
  
    /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
       in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
       arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
       referenced.
  
       GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
       the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
       symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
       the cache.  Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
       helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
       follows IRIX's practice.
  
       The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
       global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
       an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
       the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
       preserved.  */
    if (1)
      {
        gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
        g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
        set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
      }
    else
      {
        /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
  	 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
  	 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
  	 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
  	 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
  	 their entries can be omitted.  */
        gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
        set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
      }
  
    /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
       depends on the setting of VALUE).  */
    set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
    htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
  		 &set_got_offset_arg);
    set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
    htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
  		 &set_got_offset_arg);
    if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
      return FALSE;
  
    /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
       [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
       entries in each GOT.  We can then compute the end of a GOT by
       adding local_gotno to global_gotno.  We reverse the list and make
       it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
       beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor.  To
       avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
       assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
       we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
       global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
       offset of the primary GOT is zero.  Remember that the primary GOT
       will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
       points back to the master GOT.  */
    gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
    gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
    gg->tls_gotno = 0;
    assign = 0;
    gg->next = gg;
  
    do
      {
        struct mips_got_info *gn;
  
        assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
        g->assigned_gotno = assign;
        g->local_gotno += assign + pages;
        assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
  
        /* Set up any TLS entries.  We always place the TLS entries after
  	 all non-TLS entries.  */
        g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
        htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
  
        /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
  	 list that gg points to.  */
        gn = g->next;
        g->next = gg->next;
        gg->next = g;
        g = gn;
  
        /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
  	 stubs.  */
        if (g)
  	htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL);
      }
    while (g);
  
    got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
  		    + gg->next->global_gotno
  		    + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  
  /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
     RELOCATION.  RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table.  */
  
  static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
  mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
  			  const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
  			  const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
  {
    while (relocation < relend)
      {
        if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type)
  	return relocation;
  
        ++relocation;
      }
  
    /* We didn't find it.  */
    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    return NULL;
  }
  
  /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
  			     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
  			     asection **local_sections,
  			     bfd_boolean check_forced)
  {
    unsigned long r_symndx;
    Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    size_t extsymoff;
  
    r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
    symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
    extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
  
    if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
      return TRUE;
    if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
      return TRUE;
  
    if (check_forced)
      {
        /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
   	 was forced local.  */
        h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
  	elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
        /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol.  */
        while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   	     || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
  	h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
        if (h->root.forced_local)
  	return TRUE;
      }
  
    return FALSE;
  }
  
  /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS.  */
  
  bfd_vma
  _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
  {
    if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
      /* VALUE is negative.  */
      value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
  
    return value;
  }
  
  /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
     range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
     BITS.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
  {
    bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
  
    if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
      /* The value is too big.  */
      return TRUE;
    else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
      /* The value is too small.  */
      return TRUE;
  
    /* All is well.  */
    return FALSE;
  }
  
  /* Calculate the %high function.  */
  
  static bfd_vma
  mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
  {
    return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
  }
  
  /* Calculate the %higher function.  */
  
  static bfd_vma
  mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
  #ifdef BFD64
    return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
  #else
    abort ();
    return MINUS_ONE;
  #endif
  }
  
  /* Calculate the %highest function.  */
  
  static bfd_vma
  mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
  #ifdef BFD64
    return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
  #else
    abort ();
    return MINUS_ONE;
  #endif
  }
  
  /* Create the .compact_rel section.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
    (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
    flagword flags;
    register asection *s;
  
    if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
      {
        flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
  	       | SEC_READONLY);
  
        s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel");
        if (s == NULL
  	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
  	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
  					  MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
  	return FALSE;
  
        s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
  			     bfd_boolean maybe_exclude)
  {
    flagword flags;
    register asection *s;
    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
    bfd_size_type amt;
  
    /* This function may be called more than once.  */
    s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
    if (s)
      {
        if (! maybe_exclude)
  	s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
        return TRUE;
      }
  
    flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
  	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
  
    if (maybe_exclude)
      flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
  
    /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
       in the function stub generation and in the linker script.  */
    s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
    if (s == NULL
        || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
        || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
      return FALSE;
  
    /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  We don't do this in the
       linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
       are not creating a global offset table.  */
    bh = NULL;
    if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
  	 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
  	  0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
      return FALSE;
  
    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
    h->non_elf = 0;
    h->def_regular = 1;
    h->type = STT_OBJECT;
  
    if (info->shared
        && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
      return FALSE;
  
    amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
    g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
    if (g == NULL)
      return FALSE;
    g->global_gotsym = NULL;
    g->global_gotno = 0;
    g->tls_gotno = 0;
    g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
    g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
    g->bfd2got = NULL;
    g->next = NULL;
    g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
    g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
  				    mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
    if (g->got_entries == NULL)
      return FALSE;
    mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
    mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
      |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
     the INPUT_BFD).  The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
     RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
  
     The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
     REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
     relocation must be JALX.
  
     This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
     further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
     something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
     overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success.  */
  
  static bfd_reloc_status_type
  mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
  			       asection *input_section,
  			       struct bfd_link_info *info,
  			       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
  			       bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
  			       Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
  			       asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
  			       const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp,
  			       bfd_boolean save_addend)
  {
    /* The eventual value we will return.  */
    bfd_vma value;
    /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
       occurring.  */
    bfd_vma symbol = 0;
    /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
       shared object file being produced.  */
    bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
    /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
       relocated.  */
    bfd_vma p;
    /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object.  */
    bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
    /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
       the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
       during execution.  */
    bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
    /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
       located.  */
    asection *sec = NULL;
    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
    /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
       symbol.  */
    bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
    /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp".  */
    bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
    /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
       "__gnu_local_gp".  */
    bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
    Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    size_t extsymoff;
    unsigned long r_symndx;
    int r_type;
    /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
       relocation value.  */
    bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
    /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function.  */
    bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
  
    /* Parse the relocation.  */
    r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
    r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
    p = (input_section->output_section->vma
         + input_section->output_offset
         + relocation->r_offset);
  
    /* Assume that there will be no overflow.  */
    overflowed_p = FALSE;
  
    /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
       used in the array of hash table entries.  */
    symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
    local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
  					 local_sections, FALSE);
    was_local_p = local_p;
    if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
      extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
    else
      {
        /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
  	 must come before globals.  */
        extsymoff = 0;
      }
  
    /* Figure out the value of the symbol.  */
    if (local_p)
      {
        Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
  
        sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
        sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
  
        symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
        if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
  	  || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
  	symbol += sym->st_value;
        if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
  	  && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
  	{
  	  addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
  	  addend -= symbol;
  	  addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
  	}
  
        /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd.  */
        if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
  	++symbol;
  
        /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller.  */
        *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
  						symtab_hdr->sh_link,
  						sym->st_name);
        if (*namep == '\0')
  	*namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
  
        target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
      }
    else
      {
        /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ?  */
  
        /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table.  */
        h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
  	   elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
        /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol.  */
        while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
  	     || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
  	h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
  
        /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller.  */
        *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
  
        /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol.  Note that such a
  	 symbol must always be a global symbol.  */
        if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
  	  && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
  	{
  	  /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
  	     R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations.  */
  	  if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16
  	      && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
  	    return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
  
  	  gp_disp_p = TRUE;
  	}
        /* See if this is the special _gp symbol.  Note that such a
  	 symbol must always be a global symbol.  */
        else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
  	gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
  
  
        /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address.  Note that
  	 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
  	 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
  	 its defined.  */
        else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
  		|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
  	       && h->root.root.u.def.section)
  	{
  	  sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
  	  if (sec->output_section)
  	    symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
  		      + sec->output_section->vma
  		      + sec->output_offset);
  	  else
  	    symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
  	}
        else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
  	/* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
  	   it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
  	   and check to see if they exist by looking at their
  	   addresses.  */
  	symbol = 0;
        else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
  	       && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
  	symbol = 0;
        else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
  		       ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
  	{
  	  /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
  	     _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
  	     in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
  	     Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
  	     FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
  	     somehow as well.  */
  	  BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
  	  BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
  	  symbol = 0;
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
  		 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
  		  input_section, relocation->r_offset,
  		  (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
  		   || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
  	    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
  	  symbol = 0;
  	}
  
        target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
      }
  
    /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
       need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
       a stub.  */
    if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
        && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
  	  || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
  	      && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
        && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
      {
        /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function.  We should
  	 have already noticed that we were going to need the
  	 stub.  */
        if (local_p)
  	sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
        else
  	{
  	  BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
  	  sec = h->fn_stub;
  	}
  
        symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
      }
    /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
       need to redirect the call to the stub.  */
    else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
  	   && h != NULL
  	   && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
  	   && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
      {
        /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
  	 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
  	 file.  */
        if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
  	{
  	  asection *o;
  
  	  sec = NULL;
  	  for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
  	    {
  	      if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
  			   CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
  		{
  		  sec = h->call_fp_stub;
  		  break;
  		}
  	    }
  	  if (sec == NULL)
  	    sec = h->call_stub;
  	}
        else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
  	sec = h->call_stub;
        else
  	sec = h->call_fp_stub;
  
        BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
        symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
      }
  
    /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
       special jalx instruction.  */
    *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
                      && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
                          || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
  
    local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
  					 local_sections, TRUE);
  
    /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
       and we're going to need it, get it now.  */
    switch (r_type)
      {
      case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
      case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
        /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
  	 bind locally.  */
        local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
        if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
  	break;
        /* Fall through.  */
  
      case R_MIPS_CALL16:
      case R_MIPS_GOT16:
      case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
      case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
      case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
      case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
      case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
      case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
      case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
      case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
        /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located.  */
        if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
  	{
  	  g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info, 0, 0, NULL,
  					r_type);
  	  if (g == MINUS_ONE)
  	    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
  	}
        else if (!local_p)
  	{
  	  /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
  	     GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
  	     symbol turns out to be global.  The addend is then added
  	     as GOT_OFST.  */
  	  BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
  	  g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
  					 input_bfd,
  					 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h,
  					 r_type, info);
  	  if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
  	      && (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
  		  || (info->shared
  		      && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1)
  		      && h->root.def_regular)))
  	    {
  	      /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link.  The
  		 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
  		 We must initialize this entry in the GOT.  */
  	      bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
  	      asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd, FALSE);
  	      MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol, sgot->contents + g);
  	    }
  	}
        else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)
  	/* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
  	   calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G.  */
  	break;
        else
  	{
  	  g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd,
  					info, symbol + addend, r_symndx, h,
  					r_type);
  	  if (g == MINUS_ONE)
  	    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
  	}
  
        /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets.  */
        g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
  					  abfd, input_bfd, g);
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_HI16:
      case R_MIPS_LO16:
      case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
      case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
      case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
      case R_MIPS16_HI16:
      case R_MIPS16_LO16:
      case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
        gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
        gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
        if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj)
  	gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd,
  				  mips_elf_got_info
  				  (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, NULL),
  				  input_bfd);
        break;
  
      default:
        break;
      }
  
    if (gnu_local_gp_p)
      symbol = gp;
    
    /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed.  */
    switch (r_type)
      {
      case R_MIPS_NONE:
        return bfd_reloc_continue;
  
      case R_MIPS_16:
        value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
        overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_32:
      case R_MIPS_REL32:
      case R_MIPS_64:
        if ((info->shared
  	   || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
  	       && h != NULL
  	       && h->root.def_dynamic
  	       && !h->root.def_regular))
  	  && r_symndx != 0
  	  && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
  	{
  	  /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
  	     against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
  	     where the symbol will end up.  So, we create a relocation
  	     record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
  	     linker.  */
  	  value = addend;
  	  if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
  						   info,
  						   relocation,
  						   h,
  						   sec,
  						   symbol,
  						   &value,
  						   input_section))
  	    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
  	    value = symbol + addend;
  	  else
  	    value = addend;
  	}
        value &= howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_PC32:
        value = symbol + addend - p;
        value &= howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
        value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
        overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
        value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS16_26:
        /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
  	 R_MIPS_26.  It's only the storage of the relocated field into
  	 the output file that's different.  That's handled in
  	 mips_elf_perform_relocation.  So, we just fall through to the
  	 R_MIPS_26 case here.  */
      case R_MIPS_26:
        if (local_p)
  	value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
        else
  	{
  	  value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
  	  if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
  	    overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> 28);
  	}
        value &= howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
        value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
  	       & howto->dst_mask);
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
        value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
        value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
  	       & howto->dst_mask);
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
        value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_HI16:
      case R_MIPS16_HI16:
        if (!gp_disp_p)
  	{
  	  value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
  	  value &= howto->dst_mask;
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
  	        0: li      $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
  	        4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
  	        8: sll     $v0,16
  	       12: addu    $v0,$v1
  	       14: move    $gp,$v0
  	     So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
  	     $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
  	     both reloc addends by 4. */
  	  if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
  	    value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 4);
  	  else
  	    value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
  	  overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
  	}
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_LO16:
      case R_MIPS16_LO16:
        if (!gp_disp_p)
  	value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
        else
  	{
  	  /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
  	     for this conditional.  */
  	  if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
  	    value = addend + gp - p;
  	  else
  	    value = addend + gp - p + 4;
  	  /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
  	     for overflow.  But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
  	     _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
  	     pseudo-op.  It generates code that normally looks like
  	     this:
  
  	       lui    $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
  	       addiu  $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
  	       addu   $gp,$gp,$t9
  
  	     Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
  	     as required by the MIPS ELF ABI.  The R_MIPS_LO16
  	     relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
  	     R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
  	     Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
  	     not check for overflow here.  */
  	}
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
        /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
  	 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16.  In the long run, we should merge
  	 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
  	 here.  */
  
        /* Fall through.  */
  
      case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
        /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
  	 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
  	 order.  We don't need to do anything special here; the
  	 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation.  */
      case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
        /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
  	 instruction.  If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
  	 otherwise we may lose significant bits.  */
        if (howto->partial_inplace)
  	addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
        value = symbol + addend - gp;
        /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
  	 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
  	 for that now.  Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
  	 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
  	 to them before.  */
        if (was_local_p)
  	value += gp0;
        overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_GOT16:
      case R_MIPS_CALL16:
        if (local_p)
  	{
  	  bfd_boolean forced;
  
  	  /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local.  We
  	     need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
  	     follows.  */
  	  forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
  						  local_sections, FALSE);
  	  value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
  					symbol + addend, forced);
  	  if (value == MINUS_ONE)
  	    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
  	  value
  	    = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
  					      abfd, input_bfd, value);
  	  overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
  	  break;
  	}
  
        /* Fall through.  */
  
      case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
      case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
      case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
      case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
      got_disp:
        value = g;
        overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
        value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
        if (!save_addend)
  	value &= howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_PC16:
        value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - p;
        overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
      case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
        /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
  	 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
  	 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub.  */
        value = g;
        value = mips_elf_high (value);
        value &= howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
      case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
        value = g & howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
        /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
  	 to GOT_DISP.  The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
  	 0.  */
        if (! local_p)
  	goto got_disp;
        value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
        if (value == MINUS_ONE)
  	return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
        value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
  					      abfd, input_bfd, value);
        overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
        if (local_p)
  	mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
        else
  	value = addend;
        overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_SUB:
        value = symbol - addend;
        value &= howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
        value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
        value &= howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
        value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
        value &= howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
        value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
        value &= howto->dst_mask;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_JALR:
        /* This relocation is only a hint.  In some cases, we optimize
  	 it into a bal instruction.  But we don't try to optimize
  	 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time.  */
        if (h != NULL && h->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
  	return bfd_reloc_continue;
        value = symbol + addend;
        break;
  
      case R_MIPS_PJUMP:
      case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
      case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
        /* We don't do anything with these at present.  */
        return bfd_reloc_continue;
  
      default:
        /* An unrecognized relocation type.  */
        return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
      }
  
    /* Store the VALUE for our caller.  */
    *valuep = value;
    return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
  }
  
  /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION.  */
  
  static bfd_vma
  mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
  			  const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
  			  bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
  {
    bfd_vma x;
    bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
  
    /* Obtain the bytes.  */
    x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
  
    return x;
  }
  
  /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
     VALUE.  Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
     appropriate position.  The SECTION is the section to which the
     relocation applies.  If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
     for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
     unconditionally converted to JALX.
  
     Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
  			     reloc_howto_type *howto,
  			     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
  			     bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
  			     asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
  			     bfd_boolean require_jalx)
  {
    bfd_vma x;
    bfd_byte *location;
    int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
  
    /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring.  */
    location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
  
    _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
  
    /* Obtain the current value.  */
    x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
  
    /* Clear the field we are setting.  */
    x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
  
    /* Set the field.  */
    x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
  
    /* If required, turn JAL into JALX.  */
    if (require_jalx)
      {
        bfd_boolean ok;
        bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
        bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
  
        /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX.  */
        if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
  	{
  	  ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
  	  jalx_opcode = 0x7;
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
  	  jalx_opcode = 0x1d;
  	}
  
        /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem.  */
        if (!ok)
  	{
  	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
  	    (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
  	     input_bfd,
  	     input_section,
  	     (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
  	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  	  return FALSE;
  	}
  
        /* Make this the JALX opcode.  */
        x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
      }
  
    /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
       prediction hardware.  If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
       see jal, and bal fits, use it instead.  Note that this
       transformation should be safe for all architectures.  */
    if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd) == bfd_mach_mips9000
        && !info->relocatable
        && !require_jalx
        && ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 && (x >> 26) == 0x3)	    /* jal addr */
  	  || (r_type == R_MIPS_JALR && x == 0x0320f809)))   /* jalr t9 */
      {
        bfd_vma addr;
        bfd_vma dest;
        bfd_signed_vma off;
  
        addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
  	      + input_section->output_offset
  	      + relocation->r_offset
  	      + 4);
        if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
  	dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
        else
  	dest = value;
        off = dest - addr;
        if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
  	x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff);   /* bal addr */
      }
  
    /* Put the value into the output.  */
    bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
  
    _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
  				location);
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section)
  {
    const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
  
    return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
  	  || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
  	  || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0);
  }
  
  /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD.  */
  
  static void
  mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, unsigned int n)
  {
    asection *s;
  
    s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd, FALSE);
    BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
  
    if (s->size == 0)
      {
        /* Make room for a null element.  */
        s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
        ++s->reloc_count;
      }
    s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
  }
  
  /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve.  REL
     is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
     dynamic relocation.  The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
     caller should store the result in place of the original addend.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
  				    struct bfd_link_info *info,
  				    const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
  				    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
  				    asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
  				    bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
  {
    Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
    asection *sreloc;
    bfd *dynobj;
    int r_type;
    long indx;
    bfd_boolean defined_p;
  
    r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
    dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
    sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
    BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
    BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
    BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
  	      < sreloc->size);
  
    outrel[0].r_offset =
      _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
    outrel[1].r_offset =
      _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
    outrel[2].r_offset =
      _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
  
    if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
      /* The relocation field has been deleted.  */
      return TRUE;
  
    if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
      {
        /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
  	 some sort.  Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
  	 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value.  */
        *addendp += symbol;
        return TRUE;
      }
  
    /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
       in the relocation.  */
    if (h != NULL
        && (! info->symbolic || !h->root.def_regular)
        /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
  	 become local.  */
        && h->root.dynindx != -1)
      {
        indx = h->root.dynindx;
        if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
  	defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
        else
  	/* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
  	   relocation field.  It therefore treats relocs against
  	   defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
  	   undefined symbols.  */
  	defined_p = FALSE;
      }
    else
      {
        if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
  	indx = 0;
        else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
  	{
  	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  	  return FALSE;
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
  	  if (indx == 0)
  	    abort ();
  	}
  
        /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
  	 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
  	 relocation.  We want to avoid generating relocations to
  	 local symbols because we used to generate them
  	 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
  	 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols.  In
  	 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
  	 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
  	 section-relative relocations.  It's not like they're
  	 useful, after all.  This should be a bit more efficient
  	 as well.  */
        /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
  	 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
  	 a symbol value of 0.  Irix rld honors this, so relocations
  	 against STN_UNDEF have no effect.  */
        if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
  	indx = 0;
        defined_p = TRUE;
      }
  
    /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
       this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
       adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
       Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker.  */
    if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
      *addendp += symbol;
  
    /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
       know where the shared library will wind up at load-time.  */
    outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
  				 R_MIPS_REL32);
    /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
       generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
       _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
       a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
       However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
       loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
       artificial relocations.  If this turns out to not be true,
       mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
       as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
       invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
       additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
       NULL symbol before this relocation record.  */
    outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
  				 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
  				 ? R_MIPS_64
  				 : R_MIPS_NONE);
    outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
  
    /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
       correct location in the output file.  */
    outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
  			 + input_section->output_offset);
    outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
  			 + input_section->output_offset);
    outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
  			 + input_section->output_offset);
  
    /* Put the relocation back out.  We have to use the special
       relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
       relocation format is non-standard.  */
    if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
      {
        (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
  	(output_bfd, &outrel[0],
  	 (sreloc->contents
  	  + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
      }
    else
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
        (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
         (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
  
    /* We've now added another relocation.  */
    ++sreloc->reloc_count;
  
    /* Make sure the output section is writable.  The dynamic linker
       will be writing to it.  */
    elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
      |= SHF_WRITE;
  
    /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info.  */
    if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
      {
        asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
        bfd_byte *cr;
  
        if (scpt)
  	{
  	  Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
  
  	  mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
  	  cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
  			  + input_section->output_section->vma
  			  + input_section->output_offset);
  	  if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
  	    mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
  	  else
  	    mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
  	  mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
  	  cptrel.konst = *addendp;
  
  	  cr = (scpt->contents
  		+ sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
  	  mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
  	  bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
  				     ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
  				      + scpt->reloc_count));
  	  ++scpt->reloc_count;
  	}
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value.  */
  
  unsigned long
  _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
  {
    switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
      {
      case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
        return bfd_mach_mips3900;
  
      case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
        return bfd_mach_mips4010;
  
      case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
        return bfd_mach_mips4100;
  
      case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
        return bfd_mach_mips4111;
  
      case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
        return bfd_mach_mips4120;
  
      case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
        return bfd_mach_mips4650;
  
      case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
        return bfd_mach_mips5400;
  
      case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
        return bfd_mach_mips5500;
  
      case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
        return bfd_mach_mips9000;
  
      case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
        return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
  
      default:
        switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
  	{
  	default:
  	case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
  	  return bfd_mach_mips3000;
  	  break;
  
  	case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
  	  return bfd_mach_mips6000;
  	  break;
  
  	case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
  	  return bfd_mach_mips4000;
  	  break;
  
  	case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
  	  return bfd_mach_mips8000;
  	  break;
  
  	case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
  	  return bfd_mach_mips5;
  	  break;
  
  	case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
  	  return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
  	  break;
  
  	case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
  	  return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
  	  break;
  
  	case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
  	  return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
  	  break;
  
  	case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
  	  return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
  	  break;
  	}
      }
  
    return 0;
  }
  
  /* Return printable name for ABI.  */
  
  static INLINE char *
  elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
  {
    flagword flags;
  
    flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
    switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
      {
      case 0:
        if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
  	return "N32";
        else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
  	return "64";
        else
  	return "none";
      case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
        return "O32";
      case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
        return "O64";
      case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
        return "EABI32";
      case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
        return "EABI64";
      default:
        return "unknown abi";
      }
  }
  
  /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections.  One is the usual one, and the
     other is for small objects.  All the small objects are kept
     together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
     faster assembler code.  This is what we use for the small common
     section.  This approach is copied from ecoff.c.  */
  static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
  static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
  static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
  
  /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
     allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
     definition in a shared library.  */
  static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
  static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
  static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
  
  /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
     This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  */
  
  void
  _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
  {
    elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
  
    elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
    switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
      {
      case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
        /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
  	 It is an allocated common section.  The dynamic linker can
  	 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
  	 library, or it can just leave them here.  For our purposes,
  	 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section.  */
        if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
  	{
  	  /* Initialize the acommon section.  */
  	  mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
  	  mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
  	  mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
  	  mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
  	  mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
  	  mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
  	  mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
  	  mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
  	  mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
  	}
        asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
        break;
  
      case SHN_COMMON:
        /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
  	 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5.  */
        if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
  	  || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
  	break;
        /* Fall through.  */
      case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
        if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
  	{
  	  /* Initialize the small common section.  */
  	  mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
  	  mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
  	  mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
  	  mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
  	  mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
  	  mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
  	  mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
  	  mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
  	  mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
  	}
        asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
        asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
        break;
  
      case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
        asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
        break;
  
      case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
        {
  	asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
  
  	BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
  	if (section != NULL)
  	  {
  	    asym->section = section;
  	    /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
  	       to the base of the .text section.  So substract the section
  	       base address to make it an offset.  */
  	    asym->value -= section->vma;
  	  }
        }
        break;
  
      case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
        {
  	asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
  
  	BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd));
  	if (section != NULL)
  	  {
  	    asym->section = section;
  	    /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
  	       to the base of the .data section.  So substract the section
  	       base address to make it an offset.  */
  	    asym->value -= section->vma;
  	  }
        }
        break;
      }
  }
  
  /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size.  This differs from
     the default in the way it handles EABI64.
  
     EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
     -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target.  However, gcc has
     historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
     and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
     Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
  
     If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
     an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
     in bits.  Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
     have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
  
     We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
     existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
     to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
     We therefore take the following approach:
  
        - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
          determine the pointer size.
  
        - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation.  Assume that
          the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
  
        - Otherwise punt.
  
     The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
     compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
     the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
     routine or an FDE start address.  Furthermore, the compilers never
     used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
  
     Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
     reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object.  Pre-4.0 compilers never
     did so.  */
  
  unsigned int
  _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
  {
    if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
      return 8;
    if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
      {
        bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
  
        long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
        long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
        if (long32_p && long64_p)
  	return 0;
        if (long32_p)
  	return 4;
        if (long64_p)
  	return 8;
  
        if (sec->reloc_count > 0
  	  && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
  	  && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
  	      == R_MIPS_64))
  	return 8;
  
        return 0;
      }
    return 4;
  }
  
  /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
     relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
     same address.  For example, if we have code like:
  
  	lw	$4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
  	lw	$25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
  	jalr	$25
  
     then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
     will jump there rather than to .text.
  
     We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
     This is also what the MIPSpro tools do.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
  {
    return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
  }
  
  /* Work over a section just before writing it out.  This routine is
     used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  FIXME: We recognize
     sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
     a better way.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
  {
    if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
        && hdr->sh_size > 0)
      {
        bfd_byte buf[4];
  
        BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
        BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
  
        if (bfd_seek (abfd,
  		    hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
  		    SEEK_SET) != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
        if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
  	return FALSE;
      }
  
    if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
        && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
        && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
        && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
      {
        bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
  
        /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
  	 set_section_contents routine.  We save the section contents
  	 so that we don't have to read them again.
  	 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
  	 through the section contents to see if there is an
  	 ODK_REGINFO structure.  */
  
        contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
        l = contents;
        lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
        while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
  	{
  	  Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
  
  	  bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
  					&intopt);
  	  if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
  	    {
  	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
  		(_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
  		abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
  	      break;
  	    }
  	  if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
  	    {
  	      bfd_byte buf[8];
  
  	      if (bfd_seek (abfd,
  			    (hdr->sh_offset
  			     + (l - contents)
  			     + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
  			     + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
  			     SEEK_SET) != 0)
  		return FALSE;
  	      H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
  	      if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
  		return FALSE;
  	    }
  	  else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
  	    {
  	      bfd_byte buf[4];
  
  	      if (bfd_seek (abfd,
  			    (hdr->sh_offset
  			     + (l - contents)
  			     + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
  			     + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
  			    SEEK_SET) != 0)
  		return FALSE;
  	      H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
  	      if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
  		return FALSE;
  	    }
  	  l += intopt.size;
  	}
      }
  
    if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
      {
        const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
  
        if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
  	  || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
  	  || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
  	{
  	  hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
  	  hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
  	}
        else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
  	{
  	  hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
  	  hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
  	}
        else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
  	{
  	  hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
  	  hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
  	}
        else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
  	{
  	  hdr->sh_flags = 0;
  	  hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
  	}
        else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
  	{
  	  if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
  	    {
  	      unsigned int adjust;
  
  	      adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
  	      if (adjust != 0)
  		hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
  	    }
  	}
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file.  This
     is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
     This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
  
     FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
     how to.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
  				 const char *name)
  {
    flagword flags = 0;
  
    /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
       at the moment there isn't one.  We just keep track of the
       sections by their name, instead.  Fortunately, the ABI gives
       suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
       probably get away with this.  */
    switch (hdr->sh_type)
      {
      case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
        if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
        if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
        if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
        if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
        if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
        if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
        if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
  	  || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
  	return FALSE;
        flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
        if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
        if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
        if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
  	return FALSE;
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
        if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
        if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        break;
      case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
        if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
  	  && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
  		      sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
  	return FALSE;
        break;
      default:
        break;
      }
  
    if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
      return FALSE;
  
    if (flags)
      {
        if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
  				   (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
  							   hdr->bfd_section)
  				    | flags)))
  	return FALSE;
      }
  
    /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section.  */
  
    /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
       from the contents of this section.  We need the gp value while
       processing relocs, so we just get it now.  The .reginfo section
       is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI.  */
    if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
      {
        Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
        Elf32_RegInfo s;
  
        if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
  				      &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
  	return FALSE;
        bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
        elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
      }
  
    /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
       set the gp value based on what we find.  We may see both
       SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
       they should agree.  */
    if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
      {
        bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
  
        contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
        if (contents == NULL)
  	return FALSE;
        if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
  				      0, hdr->sh_size))
  	{
  	  free (contents);
  	  return FALSE;
  	}
        l = contents;
        lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
        while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
  	{
  	  Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
  
  	  bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
  					&intopt);
  	  if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
  	    {
  	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
  		(_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
  		abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
  	      break;
  	    }
  	  if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
  	    {
  	      Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
  
  	      bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
  		(abfd,
  		 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
  		  (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
  		 &intreg);
  	      elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
  	    }
  	  else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
  	    {
  	      Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
  
  	      bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
  		(abfd,
  		 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
  		  (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
  		 &intreg);
  	      elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
  	    }
  	  l += intopt.size;
  	}
        free (contents);
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section.  We do this by the
     section name, which is a hack, but ought to work.  This routine is
     used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
  {
    register const char *name;
    unsigned int sh_type;
  
    name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
    sh_type = hdr->sh_type;
  
    if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
      {
        hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
        hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
        /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing.  */
      }
    else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
    else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
      {
        hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
        hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
        /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing.  */
      }
    else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
    else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
      {
        hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
        /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
           entsize of 0.  FIXME: Does this matter?  */
        if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
  	hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
        else
  	hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
      }
    else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
      {
        hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
        /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
           entsize of 0x18.  FIXME: Does this matter?  */
        if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
  	{
  	  if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
  	    hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
  	  else
  	    hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
  	}
        else
  	hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
      }
    else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
  	   && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
  	       || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
  	       || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
      {
        if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
  	hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
      }
    else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
  	   || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
  	   || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
  	   || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
  	   || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
  	   || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
      hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
    else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
      {
        hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
        hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
      }
    else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
      {
        hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
        hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
        /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing.  */
      }
    else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
      {
        hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
        hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
        hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
      }
    else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
    else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
      {
        hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
        /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
           final_write_processing.  */
      }
    else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
  	   || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
  		       sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
      {
        hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
        hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
        /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing.  */
      }
    else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
      {
        hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
        hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
        hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
      }
  
    /* In the unlikely event a special section is empty it has to lose its
       special meaning.  This may happen e.g. when using `strip' with the
       "--only-keep-debug" option.  */
    if (sec->size > 0 && !(sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
      hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
  
    /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
     kind of relocations.  We used to set up a second header for the
     non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
     these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
     Thus we create those header only on demand now.  */
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
     index.  This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
     Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
     but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
     the .scommon section.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  					asection *sec, int *retval)
  {
    if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
      {
        *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
        return TRUE;
      }
    if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
      {
        *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
        return TRUE;
      }
    return FALSE;
  }
  
  /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
     file.  We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
  			       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
  			       flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  			       asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
  {
    if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
        && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
        && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
      {
        /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name.  */
        *namep = NULL;
        return TRUE;
      }
  
    switch (sym->st_shndx)
      {
      case SHN_COMMON:
        /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
  	 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols.  */
        if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
  	  || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
  	break;
        /* Fall through.  */
      case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
        *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
        (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
        *valp = sym->st_size;
        break;
  
      case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
        /* This section is used in a shared object.  */
        if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
  	{
  	  asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
  	  asection *elf_text_section;
  	  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
  
  	  elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  	  if (elf_text_section == NULL)
  	    return FALSE;
  
  	  amt = sizeof (asymbol);
  	  elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  	  if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
  	    return FALSE;
  
  	  /* Initialize the section.  */
  
  	  elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
  	  elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
  
  	  elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
  	  elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
  
  	  elf_text_section->name = ".text";
  	  elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
  	  elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
  	  elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
  	  elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
  	  elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
  	  elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
  	}
        /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
           info->shared.  I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
           so I took it out.  */
        *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
        break;
  
      case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
        /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data?  */
      case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
        /* This section is used in a shared object.  */
        if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
  	{
  	  asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
  	  asection *elf_data_section;
  	  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
  
  	  elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  	  if (elf_data_section == NULL)
  	    return FALSE;
  
  	  amt = sizeof (asymbol);
  	  elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  	  if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
  	    return FALSE;
  
  	  /* Initialize the section.  */
  
  	  elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
  	  elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
  
  	  elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
  	  elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
  
  	  elf_data_section->name = ".data";
  	  elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
  	  elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
  	  elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
  	  elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
  	  elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
  	  elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
  	}
        /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
           info->shared.  I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
           so I took it out.  */
        *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
        break;
  
      case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
        *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
        break;
      }
  
    if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
        && ! info->shared
        && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
        && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
      {
        struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
        struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
  
        /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic.  */
        bh = NULL;
        if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
  	     (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
  	      get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
  	return FALSE;
  
        h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
        h->non_elf = 0;
        h->def_regular = 1;
        h->type = STT_OBJECT;
  
        if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
  	return FALSE;
  
        mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
      }
  
    /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
       odd.  This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
       the right value when it is loaded into the PC.  */
    if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
      ++*valp;
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
     symbol.  We mark symbols as small common if appropriate.  This is
     also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
    (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
     const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
     asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
    /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
       if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
       common in the output file.  */
    if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
        && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
      sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
  
    if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
      sym->st_value &= ~1;
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Functions for the dynamic linker.  */
  
  /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
  {
    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
    flagword flags;
    register asection *s;
    const char * const *namep;
  
    flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
  	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
  
    /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only.  */
    s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
    if (s != NULL)
      {
        if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
  	return FALSE;
      }
  
    /* We need to create .got section.  */
    if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
      return FALSE;
  
    if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, TRUE))
      return FALSE;
  
    /* Create .stub section.  */
    if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
  			       MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
      {
        s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd));
        if (s == NULL
  	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE)
  	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
  					  MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
  	return FALSE;
      }
  
    if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
        && !info->shared
        && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
      {
        s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
        if (s == NULL
  	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY)
  	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
  					  MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
  	return FALSE;
      }
  
    /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
       alignments of several sections.  There is no ABI documentation
       indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
       the linker takes such action.  */
    if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
      {
        for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
  	{
  	  bh = NULL;
  	  if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
  		 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
  		  NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
  	    return FALSE;
  
  	  h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
  	  h->non_elf = 0;
  	  h->def_regular = 1;
  	  h->type = STT_SECTION;
  
  	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
  	    return FALSE;
  	}
  
        /* We need to create a .compact_rel section.  */
        if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
  	{
  	  if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
  	    return FALSE;
  	}
  
        /* Change alignments of some sections.  */
        s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
        if (s != NULL)
  	bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
        s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
        if (s != NULL)
  	bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
        s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
        if (s != NULL)
  	bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
        s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
        if (s != NULL)
  	bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
        s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
        if (s != NULL)
  	bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
      }
  
    if (!info->shared)
      {
        const char *name;
  
        name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
        bh = NULL;
        if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
  	    (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
  	     NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
  	return FALSE;
  
        h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
        h->non_elf = 0;
        h->def_regular = 1;
        h->type = STT_SECTION;
  
        if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
  	return FALSE;
  
        if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
  	{
  	  /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
  	     and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
  	     the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
  	     _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
  	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
  	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
  
  	  name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
  	  bh = NULL;
  	  if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
  		(info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
  		 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
  	    return FALSE;
  
  	  h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
  	  h->non_elf = 0;
  	  h->def_regular = 1;
  	  h->type = STT_OBJECT;
  
  	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
  	    return FALSE;
  	}
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
     allocate space in the global offset table.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
  			    asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
  {
    const char *name;
    bfd *dynobj;
    Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
    size_t extsymoff;
    const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
    const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
    asection *sgot;
    asection *sreloc;
    const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  
    if (info->relocatable)
      return TRUE;
  
    dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
    symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
    sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
    extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
  
    /* Check for the mips16 stub sections.  */
  
    name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
    if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0)
      {
        unsigned long r_symndx;
  
        /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
           this is for.  */
  
        r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
  
        if (r_symndx < extsymoff
  	  || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
  	{
  	  asection *o;
  
  	  /* This stub is for a local symbol.  This stub will only be
               needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
               than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol.  */
  	  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
  	    {
  	      Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
  	      const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
  
  	      /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs.  */
  	      if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
  		  || o->reloc_count == 0
  		  || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB,
  			      sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
  		  || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB,
  			      sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
  		  || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB,
  			      sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
  		continue;
  
  	      sec_relocs
  		= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
  					     info->keep_memory);
  	      if (sec_relocs == NULL)
  		return FALSE;
  
  	      rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
  	      for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
  		if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
  		    && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
  		  break;
  
  	      if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
  		free (sec_relocs);
  
  	      if (r < rend)
  		break;
  	    }
  
  	  if (o == NULL)
  	    {
  	      /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
                   not need it.  Since this function is called before
                   the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
                   can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
                   flag.  */
  	      sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
  	      return TRUE;
  	    }
  
  	  /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
               this BFD.  */
  	  if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
  	    {
  	      unsigned long symcount;
  	      asection **n;
  	      bfd_size_type amt;
  
  	      if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
  		symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
  	      else
  		symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
  	      amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
  	      n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  	      if (n == NULL)
  		return FALSE;
  	      elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
  	    }
  
  	  elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
  
  	  /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
               That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
               the global symbol table for stubs.  We don't need to set
               it here, because we just have a local stub.  */
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
  
  	  h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
  	       sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
  
  	  /* H is the symbol this stub is for.  */
  
  	  h->fn_stub = sec;
  	  mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
  	}
      }
    else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
  	   || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
      {
        unsigned long r_symndx;
        struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
        asection **loc;
  
        /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
           this is for.  */
  
        r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
  
        if (r_symndx < extsymoff
  	  || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
  	{
  	  /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
  	     in the same file.  We assume that all static symbols in
  	     mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
  	     discard this stub.  Since this function is called before
  	     the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
  	     easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag.  */
  	  sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
  	  return TRUE;
  	}
  
        h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
  	   sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
  
        /* H is the symbol this stub is for.  */
  
        if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
  	loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
        else
  	loc = &h->call_stub;
  
        /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
  	 don't need another one, so we can discard this one.  Since
  	 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
  	 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
  	 SEC_EXCLUDE flag.  We can also discard this section if we
  	 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
  	 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
  	 it is slightly faster to check now.  */
        if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
  	{
  	  sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
  	  return TRUE;
  	}
  
        *loc = sec;
        mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
      }
  
    if (dynobj == NULL)
      {
        sgot = NULL;
        g = NULL;
      }
    else
      {
        sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
        if (sgot == NULL)
  	g = NULL;
        else
  	{
  	  BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
  	  g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
  	  BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
  	}
      }
  
    sreloc = NULL;
    bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
    rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
    for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
      {
        unsigned long r_symndx;
        unsigned int r_type;
        struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
  
        r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
        r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
  
        if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
  	h = NULL;
        else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
  	{
  	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
  	    (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
  	     abfd, name);
  	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  	  return FALSE;
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
  
  	  /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version.  */
  	  if (h != NULL)
  	    {
  	      while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
  		h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
  	    }
  	}
  
        /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
        if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
  	{
  	  switch (r_type)
  	    {
  	    case R_MIPS_GOT16:
  	    case R_MIPS_CALL16:
  	    case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
  	    case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
  	    case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
  	    case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
  	    case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
  	    case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
  	    case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
  	    case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
  	    case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
  	      if (dynobj == NULL)
  		elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
  	      if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
  		return FALSE;
  	      g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
  	      break;
  
  	    case R_MIPS_32:
  	    case R_MIPS_REL32:
  	    case R_MIPS_64:
  	      if (dynobj == NULL
  		  && (info->shared || h != NULL)
  		  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
  		elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
  	      break;
  
  	    default:
  	      break;
  	    }
  	}
  
        if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
  		 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
  		 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP))
  	{
  	  /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation.  We
  	     don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
  	     maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
  	     the segment.  Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
  	     R_MIPS_CALL16.  We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
  	     R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
  	     R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16.  */
  	  if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
  						  rel->r_addend, g, 0))
  	    return FALSE;
  	}
  
        switch (r_type)
  	{
  	case R_MIPS_CALL16:
  	  if (h == NULL)
  	    {
  	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
  		(_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
  		 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
  	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
  	      return FALSE;
  	    }
  	  /* Fall through.  */
  
  	case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
  	case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
  	  if (h != NULL)
  	    {
  	      /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
  	      if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
  		return FALSE;
  
  	      /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
  		 function.  But we record it as if it needs plt.  See
  		 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol.  */
  	      h->needs_plt = 1;
  	      h->type = STT_FUNC;
  	    }
  	  break;
  
  	case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
  	  /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
  	     decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it.  */
  	  if (h == NULL)
  	    break;
  	  else
  	    {
  	      struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
  		(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
  
  	      while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
  		     || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
  		hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
  		  hmips->root.root.u.i.link;
  
  	      if (hmips->root.def_regular
  		  && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
  			&& ! hmips->root.forced_local))
  		break;
  	    }
  	  /* Fall through.  */
  
  	case R_MIPS_GOT16:
  	case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
  	case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
  	case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
  	  if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
  	    return FALSE;
  	  break;
  
  	case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
  	  if (info->shared)
  	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
  	  /* Fall through */
  
  	case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
  	  if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
  	    {
  	      r_symndx = 0;
  	      h = NULL;
  	    }
  	  /* Fall through */
  
  	case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
  	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
  	     for TLS GD relocations.  */
  	  {
  	    unsigned char flag = (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
  				  ? GOT_TLS_GD
  				  : r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
  				  ? GOT_TLS_LDM
  				  : GOT_TLS_IE);
  	    if (h != NULL)
  	      {
  		struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
  		  (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
  		hmips->tls_type |= flag;
  
  		if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, flag))
  		  return FALSE;
  	      }
  	    else
  	      {
  		BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != 0);
  
  		if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
  							rel->r_addend, g, flag))
  		  return FALSE;
  	      }
  	  }
  	  break;
  
  	case R_MIPS_32:
  	case R_MIPS_REL32:
  	case R_MIPS_64:
  	  if ((info->shared || h != NULL)
  	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
  	    {
  	      if (sreloc == NULL)
  		{
  		  sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, TRUE);
  		  if (sreloc == NULL)
  		    return FALSE;
  		}
  #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
  	      if (info->shared)
  		{
  		  /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
  		     reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
  		     relocs.  We make room for this reloc in the
  		     .rel.dyn reloc section.  */
  		  mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1);
  		  if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
  		      == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
  		    /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
  		       relocations against the text segment.  */
  		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
  		}
  	      else
  		{
  		  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
  
  		  /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
                       defined in a dynamic object.  */
  		  hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
  		  ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
  		  if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
  		      == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
  		    /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
  		       are relocations against the text segment.  */
  		    hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
  		}
  
  	      /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
  		 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
  		 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
  		 dynamic relocations against it.  */
  	      if (h != NULL)
  		{
  		  if (dynobj == NULL)
  		    elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
  		  if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
  		    return FALSE;
  		  g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
  		  if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
  		    return FALSE;
  		}
  	    }
  
  	  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
  	    mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
  	      sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
  	  break;
  
  	case R_MIPS_26:
  	case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
  	case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
  	case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
  	  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
  	    mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
  	      sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
  	  break;
  
  	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
  	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
  	case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
  	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
  	    return FALSE;
  	  break;
  
  	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
  	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
  	case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
  	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
  	    return FALSE;
  	  break;
  
  	default:
  	  break;
  	}
  
        /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
           related to taking the function's address.  */
        switch (r_type)
  	{
  	default:
  	  if (h != NULL)
  	    {
  	      struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
  
  	      mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
  	      mh->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
  	    }
  	  break;
  	case R_MIPS_CALL16:
  	case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
  	case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
  	case R_MIPS_JALR:
  	  break;
  	}
  
        /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
           symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
           References from a stub section do not count.  */
        if (h != NULL
  	  && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
  	  && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB,
  		      sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0
  	  && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB,
  		      sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0
  	  && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB,
  		      sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0)
  	{
  	  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
  
  	  mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
  	  mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
  	}
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
  			 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
  			 bfd_boolean *again)
  {
    Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
    Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
    Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
    size_t extsymoff;
    bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
    bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
    Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
  
    /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass.  */
    *again = FALSE;
  
    if (link_info->relocatable)
      return TRUE;
  
    internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
  					       link_info->keep_memory);
    if (internal_relocs == NULL)
      return TRUE;
  
    irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
      * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
    symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
    extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
  
    for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
      {
        bfd_vma symval;
        bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
        unsigned int r_type;
        unsigned long r_symndx;
        asection *sym_sec;
        unsigned long instruction;
  
        /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
  	 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
  	 This saves some pipeline bubbles.  */
        r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
        if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
  	continue;
  
        r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
        /* Compute the address of the jump target.  */
        if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
  	{
  	  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
  	    = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
  	       elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
  
  	  while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
  		 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
  	    h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
  
  	  /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
  	     skip it.  */
  	  if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
  		  || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
  		 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
  	      || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
  		  && !h->root.forced_local))
  	    continue;
  
  	  sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
  	  if (sym_sec->output_section)
  	    symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
  		      + sym_sec->output_section->vma
  		      + sym_sec->output_offset);
  	  else
  	    symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
  
  	  /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
  	  if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
  	    {
  	      isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
  	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
  		isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
  						symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
  						NULL, NULL, NULL);
  	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
  		goto relax_return;
  	    }
  
  	  isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
  	  if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
  	    continue;
  	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
  	    sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
  	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
  	    sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
  	  else
  	    sym_sec
  	      = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
  	  symval = isym->st_value
  	    + sym_sec->output_section->vma
  	    + sym_sec->output_offset;
  	}
  
        /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
  	 branch target.  */
        sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
  	- (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
  
        /* Branch offset must be properly aligned.  */
        if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
  	continue;
  
        sym_offset >>= 2;
  
        /* Check that it's in range.  */
        if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
  	continue;
  
        /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already.  */
        if (contents == NULL)
  	{
  	  /* Get cached copy if it exists.  */
  	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
  	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
  	  else
  	    {
  	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
  		goto relax_return;
  	    }
  	}
  
        instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
  
        /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>.  */
        if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
  	instruction = 0x04110000;
        /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>.  */
        else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
  	instruction = 0x10000000;
        else
  	continue;
  
        instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
        bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
        changed_contents = TRUE;
      }
  
    if (contents != NULL
        && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
      {
        if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
          free (contents);
        else
          {
            /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
            elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
          }
      }
    return TRUE;
  
   relax_return:
    if (contents != NULL
        && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
      free (contents);
    return FALSE;
  }
  
  /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
     regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
     dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
     change the definition to something the rest of the link can
     understand.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
  				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
  {
    bfd *dynobj;
    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
    asection *s;
  
    dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
  
    /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
    BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
  	      && (h->needs_plt
  		  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
  		  || (h->def_dynamic
  		      && h->ref_regular
  		      && !h->def_regular)));
  
    /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
       any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
       file.  */
    hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
    if (! info->relocatable
        && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
        && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
  	  || !h->def_regular))
      {
        mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj,
  					     hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
        if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
  	/* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
  	   against the text segment.  */
  	info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
      }
  
    /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed.  */
    if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
        && h->needs_plt)
      {
        if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
  	return TRUE;
  
        /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
  	 the symbol to the stub location.  This is required to make
  	 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
  	 executable and the shared library.  */
        if (!h->def_regular)
  	{
  	  /* We need .stub section.  */
  	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
  				       MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
  	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
  
  	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
  	  h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
  
  	  /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere.  */
  	  h->plt.offset = s->size;
  
  	  /* Make room for this stub code.  */
  	  s->size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
  
  	  /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
  	     of this symbol in .dynsym section.  */
  	  return TRUE;
  	}
      }
    else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
  	   && !h->needs_plt)
      {
        /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
           the dynamic linker will take care of this.  */
        h->root.u.def.value = 0;
        return TRUE;
      }
  
    /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
       processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
       real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
    if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
      {
        BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
  		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
        h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
        h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
        return TRUE;
      }
  
    /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
       is not a function.  */
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
     and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.  We
     check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
  				    struct bfd_link_info *info)
  {
    asection *ri;
  
    bfd *dynobj;
    asection *s;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
    int i;
    bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
    bfd_size_type local_gotno;
    bfd *sub;
    struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
  
    /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size.  */
    ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
    if (ri != NULL)
      bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
  
    if (! (info->relocatable
  	 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
      mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
  				 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL);
  
    dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
    if (dynobj == NULL)
      /* Relocatable links don't have it.  */
      return TRUE;
  
    g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
    if (s == NULL)
      return TRUE;
  
    /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output.  That
       will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
       required.  */
    for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
      {
        asection *subsection;
  
        for (subsection = sub->sections;
  	   subsection;
  	   subsection = subsection->next)
  	{
  	  if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
  	    continue;
  	  loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
  			    &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
  	}
      }
  
    /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
       a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
       higher.  Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
       that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table.  We
       do that here.  */
    if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
      return FALSE;
  
    if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
      i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
    else
      /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
         relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL.  */
      i = 0;
  
    /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
       one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
       rld.  */
    loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE * (i + 1);
  
    /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
       contiguous sections.  Is 5 enough?  */
    local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
  
    g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
    s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
  
    g->global_gotno = i;
    s->size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
  
    /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
       instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
       entries for one global symbol from multiple input files.  */
    count_tls_arg.info = info;
    count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
    elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
  			  mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
  			  &count_tls_arg);
    g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
    s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
  
    mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
  
    if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd))
      {
        if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno))
  	return FALSE;
      }
    else
      {
        /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT.  */
        g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
        htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
  				     struct bfd_link_info *info)
  {
    bfd *dynobj;
    asection *s;
    bfd_boolean reltext;
  
    dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
    BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
  
    if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
      {
        /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
        if (info->executable)
  	{
  	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
  	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
  	  s->size
  	    = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
  	  s->contents
  	    = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
  	}
      }
  
    /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
       determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
       memory for them.  */
    reltext = FALSE;
    for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
      {
        const char *name;
        bfd_boolean strip;
  
        /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
  	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
        name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
  
        if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
  	continue;
  
        strip = FALSE;
  
        if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
  	{
  	  if (s->size == 0)
  	    {
  	      /* We only strip the section if the output section name
                   has the same name.  Otherwise, there might be several
                   input sections for this output section.  FIXME: This
                   code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
                   the linker now does not create empty output sections.  */
  	      if (s->output_section != NULL
  		  && strcmp (name,
  			     bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner,
  						   s->output_section)) == 0)
  		strip = TRUE;
  	    }
  	  else
  	    {
  	      const char *outname;
  	      asection *target;
  
  	      /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
                   section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
                   If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
                   assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
                   there exists a relocation to a read only section or
                   not.  */
  	      outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
  					      s->output_section);
  	      target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
  	      if ((target != NULL
  		   && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
  		   && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
  		  || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
  		reltext = TRUE;
  
  	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
  		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
  	      if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
  		s->reloc_count = 0;
  
  	      /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
  		 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
  		 and before we're done creating relocations.  Also, it
  		 will move them around between input sections'
  		 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
  		 broken, so don't let it run.  */
  	      info->combreloc = 0;
  	    }
  	}
        else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0)
  	{
  	  /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
  	     most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
  	     to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
  	     hash tables.  */
  	  struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
  	  struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
  	  struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
  	  unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
  
  	  if (gg->next)
  	    {
  	      set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
  	      set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
  
  	      /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
  		 find any indirect entries to resolve?  They were all
  		 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got.  */
  	      mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
  	      for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
  		{
  		  unsigned int save_assign;
  
  		  mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
  
  		  /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries.  */
  		  save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
  		  g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
  		  set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
  		  set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
  		  htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
  				 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
  				 &set_got_offset_arg);
  		  needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
  		  BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
  			      <= g->global_gotno);
  
  		  g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
  		  if (info->shared)
  		    {
  		      needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
  		      BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
  				  + g->next->global_gotno
  				  + g->next->tls_gotno
  				  + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
  		    }
  		}
  	    }
  	  else
  	    {
  	      struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
  	      arg.info = info;
  	      arg.needed = 0;
  
  	      htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs,
  			     &arg);
  	      elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
  				      mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
  				      &arg);
  
  	      needed_relocs += arg.needed;
  	    }
  
  	  if (needed_relocs)
  	    mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, needed_relocs);
  	}
        else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
  	{
  	  /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
  	     of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX  */
  	  s->size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
  	}
        else if (! info->shared
  	       && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
  	       && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
  	{
  	  /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
  	     rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure.  */
  	  s->size += 4;
  	}
        else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
  	       && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
  	s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
        else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0)
  	{
  	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
  	  continue;
  	}
  
        if (strip)
  	{
  	  _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s);
  	  continue;
  	}
  
        /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
        s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
        if (s->contents == NULL && s->size != 0)
  	{
  	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
  	  return FALSE;
  	}
      }
  
    if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
      {
        /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
  	 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
  	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
  	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
  	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
        if (! info->shared)
  	{
  	  /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
  	     DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry.  */
  	  if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
  	    return FALSE;
  	  if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
  	    {
  	      if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
  		return FALSE;
  	    }
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG.  */
  	  if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
  	    {
  	      if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
  		return FALSE;
  	    }
  	}
  
        if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
  	info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
  
        if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
  	{
  	  if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
  	    return FALSE;
  	}
  
        if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
  	return FALSE;
  
        if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE))
  	{
  	  if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
  	    return FALSE;
  
  	  if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
  	    return FALSE;
  
  	  if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
  	    return FALSE;
  	}
  
        if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
  	return FALSE;
  
        if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
  	return FALSE;
  
        if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
  	return FALSE;
  
        if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
  	return FALSE;
  
        if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
  	return FALSE;
  
        if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
  	return FALSE;
  
        if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
  	return FALSE;
  
        if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
  	  && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
  	return FALSE;
  
        if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
  	  && (bfd_get_section_by_name
  	      (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
  	  && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
  	return FALSE;
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
  				bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
  				bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
  				Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
  				asection **local_sections)
  {
    Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
    const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
    bfd_vma addend = 0;
    bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
    const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
  
    bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
    relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
    for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
      {
        const char *name;
        bfd_vma value;
        reloc_howto_type *howto;
        bfd_boolean require_jalx;
        /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
           REL relocation.  */
        bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
        unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
        const char *msg;
  
        /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation.  */
        if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
  	{
  	  /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64.  In particular, people use
  	     64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
  	     lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
  	     space.  Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
  	     usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
  	     stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits.  */
  	  howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
  
  	  /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
  	     of the reloc.  */
  	  if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
  	    rel->r_offset += 4;
  	}
        else
  	/* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations.  */
  	howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
  					 NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
  					 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
  					     (input_bfd, input_section,
  					      rel - relocs)));
  
        if (!use_saved_addend_p)
  	{
  	  Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
  
  	  /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
  	     we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
  	     relocated.  Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
  	     RELA relocation.  To determine which flavor or relocation
  	     this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
  	     REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2.  */
  	  rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
  	  if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
  	      >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
  	    rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
  	  if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
  	    {
  	      bfd_byte *location = contents + rel->r_offset;
  
  	      /* Note that this is a REL relocation.  */
  	      rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
  
  	      /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file.  */
  	      _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE,
  					       location);
  	      addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
  						 contents);
  	      _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, FALSE,
  					    location);
  
  	      addend &= howto->src_mask;
  
  	      /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
  		 combination of the addend stored in two different
  		 relocations.   */
  	      if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
  		  || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
  		      && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
  						      local_sections, FALSE)))
  		{
  		  bfd_vma l;
  		  const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
  		  reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
  		  bfd_byte *lo16_location;
  		  int lo16_type;
  
  		  if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
  		    lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
  		  else
  		    lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
  
  		  /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
  		     left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
  		     addend, sign extended.  (Usually, the code does
  		     a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
  		     the LO16 value.)
  
  		     Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
  
  		     According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
  		     relocation must be immediately following.
  		     However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
  		     may be a composed relocation consisting of
  		     several relocations for the same address.  In
  		     that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
  		     as one of these.  We permit a similar extension
  		     in general, as that is useful for GCC.  */
  		  lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd,
  							      lo16_type,
  							      rel, relend);
  		  if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
  		    return FALSE;
  
  		  lo16_location = contents + lo16_relocation->r_offset;
  
  		  /* Obtain the addend kept there.  */
  		  lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd,
  							lo16_type, FALSE);
  		  _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, FALSE,
  						   lo16_location);
  		  l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
  						input_bfd, contents);
  		  _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, FALSE,
  						 lo16_location);
  		  l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
  		  l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
  		  l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
  
  		  addend <<= 16;
  
  		  /* Compute the combined addend.  */
  		  addend += l;
  		}
  	      else
  		addend <<= howto->rightshift;
  	    }
  	  else
  	    addend = rel->r_addend;
  	}
  
        if (info->relocatable)
  	{
  	  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
  	  unsigned long r_symndx;
  
  	  if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
  	      && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
  	    rel->r_offset -= 4;
  
  	  /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
  	     the relocations back out to the object file, unless
  	     they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
  	     to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
  	     relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
  	     that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object.  */
  
  	  if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
  					     FALSE))
  	    /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations.  */
  	    continue;
  
  	  if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
  	      || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
  	      || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
  	      || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
  	    addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
  		       - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd));
  
  	  r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
  	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
  	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
  	    /* Adjust the addend appropriately.  */
  	    addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
  
  	  if (rela_relocation_p)
  	    /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend.  */
  	    rel->r_addend = addend;
  	  else
  	    {
  	      if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
  		  || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
  		addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
  	      else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
  		addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
  	      else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
  		addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
  	      else
  		addend >>= howto->rightshift;
  
  	      /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
  		 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
  		 source of the addend in the final link.  */
  	      addend &= howto->src_mask;
  
  	      if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
  		/* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
  		   ABI.  Here, we need to update the addend.  It would be
  		   possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
  		   but for endianness.  */
  		{
  		  bfd_vma sign_bits;
  		  bfd_vma low_bits;
  		  bfd_vma high_bits;
  
  		  if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
  #ifdef BFD64
  		    sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
  #else
  		    sign_bits = -1;
  #endif
  		  else
  		    sign_bits = 0;
  
  		  /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
  		     do two separate stores.  */
  		  if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
  		    {
  		      /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
  			 first.  */
  		      low_bits = sign_bits;
  		      high_bits = addend;
  		    }
  		  else
  		    {
  		      low_bits = addend;
  		      high_bits = sign_bits;
  		    }
  		  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
  			      contents + rel->r_offset);
  		  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
  			      contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
  		  continue;
  		}
  
  	      if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
  						 input_bfd, input_section,
  						 contents, FALSE))
  		return FALSE;
  	    }
  
  	  /* Go on to the next relocation.  */
  	  continue;
  	}
  
        /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
  	 relocations for the same offset.  In that case we are
  	 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
  	 for the next.  */
        if (rel + 1 < relend
  	  && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
  	  && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
  	use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
        else
  	use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
  
        /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate.  */
        switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
  					     input_section, info, rel,
  					     addend, howto, local_syms,
  					     local_sections, &value,
  					     &name, &require_jalx,
  					     use_saved_addend_p))
  	{
  	case bfd_reloc_continue:
  	  /* There's nothing to do.  */
  	  continue;
  
  	case bfd_reloc_undefined:
  	  /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
  	     undefined_symbol callback.  There's no real point in
  	     trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
  	     just skip ahead to the next relocation.  */
  	  continue;
  
  	case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
  	  msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
  	  info->callbacks->warning
  	    (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
  	  return FALSE;
  
  	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
  	  if (use_saved_addend_p)
  	    /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
  	       a given location.  */
  	    ;
  	  else
  	    {
  	      BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
  	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
  		     (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
  		      input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
  		return FALSE;
  	    }
  	  break;
  
  	case bfd_reloc_ok:
  	  break;
  
  	default:
  	  abort ();
  	  break;
  	}
  
        /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
  	 until we reach the last one.  */
        if (use_saved_addend_p)
  	{
  	  addend = value;
  	  continue;
  	}
  
        if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
  	/* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
  	   ABI.  Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
  	   that calculated the right value.  Now, however, we
  	   sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
  	   64-bit value.  We are especially generous here in that we
  	   go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
  	   only a 32-bit VMA.  */
  	{
  	  bfd_vma sign_bits;
  	  bfd_vma low_bits;
  	  bfd_vma high_bits;
  
  	  if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
  #ifdef BFD64
  	    sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
  #else
  	    sign_bits = -1;
  #endif
  	  else
  	    sign_bits = 0;
  
  	  /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
  	     do two separate stores.  */
  	  if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
  	    {
  	      /* Undo what we did above.  */
  	      rel->r_offset -= 4;
  	      /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
  		 first.  */
  	      low_bits = sign_bits;
  	      high_bits = value;
  	    }
  	  else
  	    {
  	      low_bits = value;
  	      high_bits = sign_bits;
  	    }
  	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
  		      contents + rel->r_offset);
  	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
  		      contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
  	  continue;
  	}
  
        /* Actually perform the relocation.  */
        if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
  					 input_bfd, input_section,
  					 contents, require_jalx))
  	return FALSE;
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
     adjust it appropriately now.  */
  
  static void
  mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  				      const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
  {
    /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
       these, but we must place them into the right sections.  */
    static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
      "_ftext",
      "_etext",
      "__dso_displacement",
      "__elf_header",
      "__program_header_table",
      NULL
    };
  
    static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
      "_fdata",
      "_edata",
      "_end",
      "_fbss",
      NULL
    };
  
    const char* const *p;
    int i;
  
    for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
      for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
  	 *p;
  	 ++p)
        if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
  	{
  	  /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
  	     IRIX6 linker.  */
  	  sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
  	  sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
  
  	  /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections.  */
  	  if (i == 0)
  	    sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
  	  else
  	    sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
  
  	  break;
  	}
  }
  
  /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
     dynamic sections here.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
  				     struct bfd_link_info *info,
  				     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
  				     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
  {
    bfd *dynobj;
    asection *sgot;
    struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
    const char *name;
  
    dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
  
    if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
      {
        asection *s;
        bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE];
  
        /* This symbol has a stub.  Set it up.  */
  
        BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
  
        s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
  				   MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
        BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
  
        /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K?  */
        if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000)
  	return FALSE;
  
        /* Fill the stub.  */
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub);
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4);
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8);
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12);
  
        BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->size);
        memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
  
        /* Mark the symbol as undefined.  plt.offset != -1 occurs
  	 only for the referenced symbol.  */
        sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
  
        /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
  	 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
  	 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object.  */
        sym->st_value = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
  		       + h->plt.offset);
      }
  
    BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
  	      || h->forced_local);
  
    sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
    BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
    BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
    g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
    BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
  
    /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
       the symbols that need them.  */
    if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
        && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
      {
        bfd_vma offset;
        bfd_vma value;
  
        value = sym->st_value;
        offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h, R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
        MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
      }
  
    if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1 && h->type != STT_TLS)
      {
        struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
        bfd_vma entry;
        bfd_vma offset;
  
        gg = g;
  
        e.abfd = output_bfd;
        e.symndx = -1;
        e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
        e.tls_type = 0;
  
        for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
  	{
  	  if (g->got_entries
  	      && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
  							   &e)))
  	    {
  	      offset = p->gotidx;
  	      if (info->shared
  		  || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
  		      && p->d.h != NULL
  		      && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
  		      && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
  		{
  		  /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry.  Due to
  		     the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
  		     up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
  		     mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
  		     appropriate addend.  */
  		  Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
  
  		  memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
  		  if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
  		    rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
  		  else
  		    rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
  		  rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
  
  		  entry = 0;
  		  if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
  			 (output_bfd, info, rel,
  			  e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
  		    return FALSE;
  		}
  	      else
  		entry = sym->st_value;
  	      MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
  	    }
  	}
      }
  
    /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  */
    name = h->root.root.string;
    if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
        || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
      sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
    else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
  	   || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
      {
        sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
        sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
        sym->st_value = 1;
      }
    else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
      {
        sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
        sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
        sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
      }
    else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
      {
        if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
  	  || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
  	{
  	  sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
  	  sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
  	  sym->st_value = 0;
  	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
  	}
        else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
  	{
  	  sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
  	  sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
  	  sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
  	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
  	}
        else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
  	{
  	  if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
  	    sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
  	  else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
  	    sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
  	}
      }
  
    /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols.  */
    if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
      mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
  
    if (! info->shared)
      {
        if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
  	  && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
  	      || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
  	{
  	  asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
  	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
  	  sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
  	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents);
  	  if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
  	    mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
  	}
        else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
  	       && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
  	{
  	  /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section.  */
  	  if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
                || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
  	    BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
  			!= NULL);
  	  mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
  	}
      }
  
    /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even.  */
    if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
      sym->st_value &= ~1;
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
  				       struct bfd_link_info *info)
  {
    bfd *dynobj;
    asection *sdyn;
    asection *sgot;
    struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
  
    dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
  
    sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
  
    sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
    if (sgot == NULL)
      gg = g = NULL;
    else
      {
        BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
        gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
        BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
        g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
        BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
      }
  
    if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
      {
        bfd_byte *b;
  
        BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
        BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
  
        for (b = sdyn->contents;
  	   b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
  	   b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
  	{
  	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
  	  const char *name;
  	  size_t elemsize;
  	  asection *s;
  	  bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
  
  	  /* Read in the current dynamic entry.  */
  	  (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
  
  	  /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out.  */
  	  swap_out_p = TRUE;
  
  	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
  	    {
  	    case DT_RELENT:
  	      s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
  	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
  	      dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_STRSZ:
  	      /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ.  */
  	      dyn.d_un.d_val =
  		_bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_PLTGOT:
  	      name = ".got";
  	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
  	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
  	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
  	      dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
  	      dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
  	      time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val);
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
  	      /* XXX FIXME: */
  	      swap_out_p = FALSE;
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
  	      /* XXX FIXME: */
  	      swap_out_p = FALSE;
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
  	      s = output_bfd->sections;
  	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
  	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
  	      dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
  	      /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
  		 entry of the first external symbol that is not
  		 referenced within the same object.  */
  	      dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
  	      if (gg->global_gotsym)
  		{
  		  dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
  		  break;
  		}
  	      /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
  		 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
  		 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through.  */
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
  	      name = ".dynsym";
  	      elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
  	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
  	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
  
  	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
  	      dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
  	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
  	      break;
  
  	    case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
  	      s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
  		   (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
  	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
  	      break;
  
  	    default:
  	      swap_out_p = FALSE;
  	      break;
  	    }
  
  	  if (swap_out_p)
  	    (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
  	      (dynobj, &dyn, b);
  	}
      }
  
    /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
       runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
       This isn't the case of IRIX rld.  */
    if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0)
      {
        MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents);
        MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000,
  			 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
      }
  
    if (sgot != NULL)
      elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
        = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
  
    /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots.  */
    if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
      {
        Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
        bfd_vma addend = 0;
  
        memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
        rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
  
        for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
  	{
  	  bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
  	    + g->next->tls_gotno;
  
  	  MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
  			     + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
  	  MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents
  			     + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
  
  	  if (! info->shared)
  	    continue;
  
  	  while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
  	    {
  	      rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
  		= index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
  	      if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
  		    (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
  		     bfd_abs_section_ptr,
  		     0, &addend, sgot)))
  		return FALSE;
  	      BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
  	    }
  	}
      }
  
    /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
       adds more dynamic relocations.  We cannot count them until
       here.  */
  
    if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
      {
        bfd_byte *b;
        bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
  
        BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
  
        for (b = sdyn->contents;
  	   b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
  	   b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
  	{
  	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
  	  asection *s;
  
  	  /* Read in the current dynamic entry.  */
  	  (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
  
  	  /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out.  */
  	  swap_out_p = TRUE;
  
  	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
  	    {
  	    case DT_RELSZ:
  	      /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
  		 decided not to make.  This is for the n64 irix rld,
  		 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
  		 are trailing null entries.  */
  	      s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
  	      dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
  				* (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
  				   ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
  				   : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
  	      break;
  
  	    default:
  	      swap_out_p = FALSE;
  	      break;
  	    }
  
  	  if (swap_out_p)
  	    (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
  	      (dynobj, &dyn, b);
  	}
      }
  
    {
      asection *s;
      Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
  
      if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
        {
  	/* Write .compact_rel section out.  */
  	s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
  	if (s != NULL)
  	  {
  	    cpt.id1 = 1;
  	    cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
  	    cpt.id2 = 2;
  	    cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
  			  + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
  	    cpt.reserved0 = 0;
  	    cpt.reserved1 = 0;
  	    bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
  					    ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
  					     s->contents));
  
  	    /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text.  */
  	    s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
  					 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
  	    if (s != NULL)
  	      {
  		file_ptr dummy_offset;
  
  		BFD_ASSERT (s->size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
  		dummy_offset = s->size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
  		memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
  			MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
  	      }
  	  }
        }
  
      /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section.  */
  
      s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj, FALSE);
  
      if (s != NULL
  	&& s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
        {
  	reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
  
  	if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
  	  qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
  		 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
  	else
  	  qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, s->reloc_count - 1,
  		 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs);
        }
    }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  
  /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags.  */
  
  static void
  mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
  {
    flagword val;
  
    switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
      {
      default:
      case bfd_mach_mips3000:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips3900:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips6000:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips4000:
      case bfd_mach_mips4300:
      case bfd_mach_mips4400:
      case bfd_mach_mips4600:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips4010:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips4100:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips4111:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips4120:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips4650:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips5400:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips5500:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips9000:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips5000:
      case bfd_mach_mips7000:
      case bfd_mach_mips8000:
      case bfd_mach_mips10000:
      case bfd_mach_mips12000:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips5:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
        break;
  
      case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
        val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
        break;
      }
    elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
    elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
  
  }
  
  
  /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
     file.  This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
     number.  This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  */
  
  void
  _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
  				      bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
    unsigned int i;
    Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
    const char *name;
    asection *sec;
  
    /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
       is nonzero.  This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
       a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH.  */
    if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
      mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
  
    /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
       info for each special section.  */
    for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
         i < elf_numsections (abfd);
         i++, hdrpp++)
      {
        switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
  	{
  	case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
  	case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
  	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
  	  if (sec != NULL)
  	    (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
  	  break;
  
  	case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
  	  BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
  	  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
  	  BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
  		      && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
  	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
  	  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
  	  (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
  	  break;
  
  	case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
  	  BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
  	  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
  	  BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
  		      && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content",
  				  sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
  	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
  					 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
  	  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
  	  (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
  	  break;
  
  	case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
  	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
  	  if (sec != NULL)
  	    (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
  	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
  	  if (sec != NULL)
  	    (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
  	  break;
  
  	case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
  	  BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
  	  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
  	  BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
  	  if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
  	    sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
  					   name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
  	  else
  	    {
  	      BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
  				   sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
  	      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
  					     (name
  					      + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
  	    }
  	  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
  	  (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
  	  break;
  
  	}
      }
  }
  
  /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
     segments.  */
  
  int
  _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd)
  {
    asection *s;
    int ret = 0;
  
    /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment.  */
    s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
    if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
      ++ret;
  
    /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment.  */
    if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
        && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
  				  MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
      ++ret;
  
    /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment.  */
    if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
        && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
        && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
      ++ret;
  
    return ret;
  }
  
  /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
  				  struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
    asection *s;
    struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
    bfd_size_type amt;
  
    /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
       segment.  */
    s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
    if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
      {
        for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
  	if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
  	  break;
        if (m == NULL)
  	{
  	  amt = sizeof *m;
  	  m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  	  if (m == NULL)
  	    return FALSE;
  
  	  m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
  	  m->count = 1;
  	  m->sections[0] = s;
  
  	  /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments.  */
  	  pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
  	  while (*pm != NULL
  		 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
  		     || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
  	    pm = &(*pm)->next;
  
  	  m->next = *pm;
  	  *pm = m;
  	}
      }
  
    /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
       .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC.  However, we do have to insert a
       PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
       table.  */
    if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
        /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
  	 for this section, so don't create another.  I'm not sure this
  	 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
  	 now.  */
        && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
      {
        for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
  	if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
  	  break;
  
        if (s)
  	{
  	  struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
  
  	  pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
  	  while (*pm != NULL
  		 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
  		     || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
  	    pm = &(*pm)->next;
  
  	  amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
  	  options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  	  options_segment->next = *pm;
  	  options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
  	  options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
  	  options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
  	  options_segment->count = 1;
  	  options_segment->sections[0] = s;
  	  *pm = options_segment;
  	}
      }
    else
      {
        if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
  	{
  	  /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
  	     for the RTPROC header.  FIXME: Rewrite without section names.  */
  	  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
  	      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
  	      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
  	    {
  	      for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
  		if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
  		  break;
  	      if (m == NULL)
  		{
  		  amt = sizeof *m;
  		  m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  		  if (m == NULL)
  		    return FALSE;
  
  		  m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
  
  		  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
  		  if (s == NULL)
  		    {
  		      m->count = 0;
  		      m->p_flags = 0;
  		      m->p_flags_valid = 1;
  		    }
  		  else
  		    {
  		      m->count = 1;
  		      m->sections[0] = s;
  		    }
  
  		  /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment.  */
  		  pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
  		  while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
  		    pm = &(*pm)->next;
  		  if (*pm != NULL)
  		    pm = &(*pm)->next;
  
  		  m->next = *pm;
  		  *pm = m;
  		}
  	    }
  	}
        /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
  	 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
  	 between.  */
        for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
  	   pm = &(*pm)->next)
  	if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
  	  break;
        m = *pm;
        if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
  	{
  	  /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
  	     segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
  	     the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
  	     sometimes for the dynamic linker.  */
  	  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
  	    {
  	      m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
  	      m->p_flags_valid = 1;
  	    }
  	}
        if (m != NULL
  	  && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
  	{
  	  static const char *sec_names[] =
  	  {
  	    ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
  	  };
  	  bfd_vma low, high;
  	  unsigned int i, c;
  	  struct elf_segment_map *n;
  
  	  low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
  	  high = 0;
  	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
  	    {
  	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
  	      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
  		{
  		  bfd_size_type sz;
  
  		  if (low > s->vma)
  		    low = s->vma;
  		  sz = s->size;
  		  if (high < s->vma + sz)
  		    high = s->vma + sz;
  		}
  	    }
  
  	  c = 0;
  	  for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
  	    if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
  		&& s->vma >= low
  		&& s->vma + s->size <= high)
  	      ++c;
  
  	  amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
  	  n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  	  if (n == NULL)
  	    return FALSE;
  	  *n = *m;
  	  n->count = c;
  
  	  i = 0;
  	  for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
  	    {
  	      if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
  		  && s->vma >= low
  		  && s->vma + s->size <= high)
  		{
  		  n->sections[i] = s;
  		  ++i;
  		}
  	    }
  
  	  *pm = n;
  	}
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
     relocation.  */
  
  asection *
  _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
  			    struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  			    Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
  			    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
  			    Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
  {
    /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special?  */
  
    if (h != NULL)
      {
        switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
  	{
  	case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
  	case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
  	  break;
  
  	default:
  	  switch (h->root.type)
  	    {
  	    case bfd_link_hash_defined:
  	    case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
  	      return h->root.u.def.section;
  
  	    case bfd_link_hash_common:
  	      return h->root.u.c.p->section;
  
  	    default:
  	      break;
  	    }
  	}
      }
    else
      return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
  
    return NULL;
  }
  
  /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  			     struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  			     asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
  			     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
  {
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
     hiding the old indirect symbol.  Process additional relocation
     information.  Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
     _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us.  */
  
  void
  _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
  				    struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
  				    struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
  {
    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
  
    _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind);
  
    if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
      return;
  
    dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
    indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
    dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
    if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
      dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
    if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
      dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
  
    if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
      dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
    else
      BFD_ASSERT (indmips->tls_type == 0);
  }
  
  void
  _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
  			   struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry,
  			   bfd_boolean force_local)
  {
    bfd *dynobj;
    asection *got;
    struct mips_got_info *g;
    struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
  
    h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
    if (h->forced_local)
      return;
    h->forced_local = force_local;
  
    dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
    if (dynobj != NULL && force_local && h->root.type != STT_TLS)
      {
        got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
        g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
  
        if (g->next)
  	{
  	  struct mips_got_entry e;
  	  struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
  
  	  /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
  	     local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
  	     that had an entry for it.  This will automatically decrease
  	     the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
  	     the upper limit of global entries.  */
  	  e.abfd = dynobj;
  	  e.symndx = -1;
  	  e.d.h = h;
  	  e.tls_type = 0;
  
  	  for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
  	    if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
  	      {
  		BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
  		g->local_gotno++;
  		g->global_gotno--;
  	      }
  
  	  /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
  	     no longer need an entry for it.  We can't release the entry
  	     at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
  	     of the symbols that required a forced got entry.  */
  	  if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
  	    {
  	      BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
  	      gg->assigned_gotno--;
  	    }
  	}
        else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL)
  	/* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
  	   number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
  	   global.  */
  	g->local_gotno++;
        else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
  	{
  	  /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
  	     been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
  	     instead.  */
  	  BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
  	  g->local_gotno++;
  	  g->global_gotno--;
  	}
      }
  
    _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
  }
  
  #define PDR_SIZE 32
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
  			    struct bfd_link_info *info)
  {
    asection *o;
    bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
    unsigned char *tdata;
    size_t i, skip;
  
    o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
    if (! o)
      return FALSE;
    if (o->size == 0)
      return FALSE;
    if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
      return FALSE;
    if (o->output_section != NULL
        && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
      return FALSE;
  
    tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
    if (! tdata)
      return FALSE;
  
    cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
  					    info->keep_memory);
    if (!cookie->rels)
      {
        free (tdata);
        return FALSE;
      }
  
    cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
    cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
  
    for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
      {
        if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
  	{
  	  tdata[i] = 1;
  	  skip ++;
  	}
      }
  
    if (skip != 0)
      {
        mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
        o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
        ret = TRUE;
      }
    else
      free (tdata);
  
    if (! info->keep_memory)
      free (cookie->rels);
  
    return ret;
  }
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
  {
    if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
      return TRUE;
    return FALSE;
  }
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sec,
  			     bfd_byte *contents)
  {
    bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
    int i;
  
    if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
      return FALSE;
  
    if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
      return FALSE;
  
    to = contents;
    end = contents + sec->size;
    for (from = contents, i = 0;
         from < end;
         from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
      {
        if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
  	continue;
        if (to != from)
  	memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
        to += PDR_SIZE;
      }
    bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
  			    sec->output_offset, sec->size);
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
     handle the ECOFF debugging information.  */
  
  struct mips_elf_find_line
  {
    struct ecoff_debug_info d;
    struct ecoff_find_line i;
  };
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
  				 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
  				 const char **filename_ptr,
  				 const char **functionname_ptr,
  				 unsigned int *line_ptr)
  {
    asection *msec;
  
    if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
  				     filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
  				     line_ptr))
      return TRUE;
  
    if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
  				     filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
  				     line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
  				     &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
      return TRUE;
  
    msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
    if (msec != NULL)
      {
        flagword origflags;
        struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
        const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
  	get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
  
        /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
  	 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field.  We force it back on here
  	 if appropriate (which it normally will be).  */
        origflags = msec->flags;
        if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
  	msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
  
        fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
        if (fi == NULL)
  	{
  	  bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
  	  char *fraw_src;
  	  char *fraw_end;
  	  struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
  	  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
  
  	  fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  	  if (fi == NULL)
  	    {
  	      msec->flags = origflags;
  	      return FALSE;
  	    }
  
  	  if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
  	    {
  	      msec->flags = origflags;
  	      return FALSE;
  	    }
  
  	  /* Swap in the FDR information.  */
  	  amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
  	  fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
  	  if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
  	    {
  	      msec->flags = origflags;
  	      return FALSE;
  	    }
  	  external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
  	  fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
  	  fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
  	  fraw_end = (fraw_src
  		      + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
  	  for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
  	    (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
  
  	  elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
  
  	  /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
               find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
               objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
               rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
               wasted is unimportant.  Still, it would probably be a
               good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away.  */
  	}
  
        if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
  				  &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
  				  line_ptr))
  	{
  	  msec->flags = origflags;
  	  return TRUE;
  	}
  
        msec->flags = origflags;
      }
  
    /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine.  */
  
    return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
  				     filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
  				     line_ptr);
  }
  
  /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
     remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
     GP value in the section_processing routine.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
  				    const void *location,
  				    file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
  {
    if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
      {
        bfd_byte *c;
  
        if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
  	{
  	  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
  	  section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
  	  if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
  	    return FALSE;
  	}
        c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
        if (c == NULL)
  	{
  	  c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
  	  if (c == NULL)
  	    return FALSE;
  	  mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
  	}
  
        memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
      }
  
    return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
  					count);
  }
  
  /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
     MIPS relocations need to be handled specially.  Sigh.  */
  
  bfd_byte *
  _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
    (bfd *abfd,
     struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
     struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
     bfd_byte *data,
     bfd_boolean relocatable,
     asymbol **symbols)
  {
    /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
    bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
    asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
    bfd_size_type sz;
  
    long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
    arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
    long reloc_count;
  
    if (reloc_size < 0)
      goto error_return;
  
    reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
    if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
      goto error_return;
  
    /* read in the section */
    sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
    if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
      goto error_return;
  
    reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
  					input_section,
  					reloc_vector,
  					symbols);
    if (reloc_count < 0)
      goto error_return;
  
    if (reloc_count > 0)
      {
        arelent **parent;
        /* for mips */
        int gp_found;
        bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678;	/* initialize just to shut gcc up */
  
        {
  	struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
  	struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
  	/* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats.  */
  	if (abfd && input_bfd
  	    && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
  	  lh = 0;
  	else
  	  {
  	    h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
  	    lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
  	  }
        lookup:
  	if (lh)
  	  {
  	    switch (lh->type)
  	      {
  	      case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
  	      case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
  	      case bfd_link_hash_common:
  		gp_found = 0;
  		break;
  	      case bfd_link_hash_defined:
  	      case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
  		gp_found = 1;
  		gp = lh->u.def.value;
  		break;
  	      case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
  	      case bfd_link_hash_warning:
  		lh = lh->u.i.link;
  		/* @@FIXME  ignoring warning for now */
  		goto lookup;
  	      case bfd_link_hash_new:
  	      default:
  		abort ();
  	      }
  	  }
  	else
  	  gp_found = 0;
        }
        /* end mips */
        for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
  	{
  	  char *error_message = NULL;
  	  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
  
  	  /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
  	     knowing the gp of the output bfd.  */
  	  asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
  	  if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd)
  	    {
  	      /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway.  */
  	    }
  	  else if (!gp_found)
  	    {
  	      /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
  		 fall over on its own.  */
  	    }
  	  else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function
  		   == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
  	    {
  	      /* bypass special_function call */
  	      r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
  						 input_section, relocatable,
  						 data, gp);
  	      goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
  	    }
  	  /* end mips specific stuff */
  
  	  r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data, input_section,
  				      relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
  				      &error_message);
  	skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
  
  	  if (relocatable)
  	    {
  	      asection *os = input_section->output_section;
  
  	      /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
  	      os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
  	      os->reloc_count++;
  	    }
  
  	  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
  	    {
  	      switch (r)
  		{
  		case bfd_reloc_undefined:
  		  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
  			(link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
  			 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address,
  			 TRUE)))
  		    goto error_return;
  		  break;
  		case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
  		  BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
  		  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
  			(link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
  			 (*parent)->address)))
  		    goto error_return;
  		  break;
  		case bfd_reloc_overflow:
  		  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
  			(link_info, NULL,
  			 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
  			 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
  			 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
  		    goto error_return;
  		  break;
  		case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
  		default:
  		  abort ();
  		  break;
  		}
  
  	    }
  	}
      }
    if (reloc_vector != NULL)
      free (reloc_vector);
    return data;
  
  error_return:
    if (reloc_vector != NULL)
      free (reloc_vector);
    return NULL;
  }
  
  /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
  
  struct bfd_link_hash_table *
  _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
  {
    struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
    bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
  
    ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
    if (ret == NULL)
      return NULL;
  
    if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
  				       mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
      {
        free (ret);
        return NULL;
      }
  
    ret->procedure_count = 0;
    ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
    ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
    ret->rld_value = 0;
    ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
  
    return &ret->root.root;
  }
  
  /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
     the .mdebug sections.  We need to merge all instances of these
     sections together, not write them all out sequentially.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
  {
    asection **secpp;
    asection *o;
    struct bfd_link_order *p;
    asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
    asection *rtproc_sec;
    Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
    struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
    const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
    const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
    HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
    void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
    asection *s;
    EXTR esym;
    unsigned int i;
    bfd_size_type amt;
  
    static const char * const secname[] =
    {
      ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
      ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
    };
    static const int sc[] =
    {
      scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
      scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
    };
  
    /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
       generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
       Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
       the sort again.  */
    if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
      {
        bfd *dynobj;
        asection *got;
        struct mips_got_info *g;
        bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount;
  
        /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
  	 the lowest index it may use is.  That's the number of section
  	 symbols we're going to add.  The generic ELF linker only
  	 adds these symbols when building a shared object.  Note that
  	 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
  	 section above.  */
  
        dynsecsymcount = 0;
        if (info->shared)
  	{
  	  asection * p;
  
  	  for (p = abfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
  	    if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
  		&& (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
  		&& !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (abfd, info, p))
  	      ++ dynsecsymcount;
  	}
        
        if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, dynsecsymcount + 1))
  	return FALSE;
  
        /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region.  */
        dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
        got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
        g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
  
        if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
  	BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
  		     - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
  		    <= g->global_gotno);
      }
  
    /* Get a value for the GP register.  */
    if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
      {
        struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
  
        h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
        if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
  	elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
  			 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
  			 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
        else if (info->relocatable)
  	{
  	  bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
  
  	  /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset.  */
  	  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
  	    if (o->vma < lo
  		&& (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
  	      lo = o->vma;
  
  	  /* And calculate GP relative to that.  */
  	  elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd);
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
  	     involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
  	     callback to warn that GP is not defined.  */
  	}
      }
  
    /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
       information.  */
    reginfo_sec = NULL;
    mdebug_sec = NULL;
    gptab_data_sec = NULL;
    gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
    for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
      {
        if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
  	{
  	  memset (&reginfo, 0, sizeof reginfo);
  
  	  /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
  	     Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
  	     the information together.  */
  	  for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
  	    {
  	      asection *input_section;
  	      bfd *input_bfd;
  	      Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
  	      Elf32_RegInfo sub;
  
  	      if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
  		{
  		  if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
  		    continue;
  		  abort ();
  		}
  
  	      input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
  	      input_bfd = input_section->owner;
  
  	      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
  					      &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
  		return FALSE;
  
  	      bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
  
  	      reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
  	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
  	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
  	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
  	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
  
  	      /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
  		 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
  		 finally written out.  */
  
  	      /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
  		 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
  	      input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
  	    }
  
  	  /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections.  */
  	  BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
  
  	  /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
  	     matters, but someday it might).  */
  	  o->link_order_head = NULL;
  
  	  reginfo_sec = o;
  	}
  
        if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
  	{
  	  struct extsym_info einfo;
  	  bfd_vma last;
  
  	  /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
  	     Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
  	     the information together.  */
  	  symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
  	  /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be?  */
  	  symhdr->vstamp = 0;
  	  symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
  	  symhdr->cbLine = 0;
  	  symhdr->idnMax = 0;
  	  symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
  	  symhdr->isymMax = 0;
  	  symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
  	  symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
  	  symhdr->issMax = 0;
  	  symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
  	  symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
  	  symhdr->crfd = 0;
  	  symhdr->iextMax = 0;
  
  	  /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
  	     debug_info structure.  */
  	  debug.line = NULL;
  	  debug.external_dnr = NULL;
  	  debug.external_pdr = NULL;
  	  debug.external_sym = NULL;
  	  debug.external_opt = NULL;
  	  debug.external_aux = NULL;
  	  debug.ss = NULL;
  	  debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
  	  debug.external_fdr = NULL;
  	  debug.external_rfd = NULL;
  	  debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
  
  	  mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
  	  if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
  	    return FALSE;
  
  	  esym.jmptbl = 0;
  	  esym.cobol_main = 0;
  	  esym.weakext = 0;
  	  esym.reserved = 0;
  	  esym.ifd = ifdNil;
  	  esym.asym.iss = issNil;
  	  esym.asym.st = stLocal;
  	  esym.asym.reserved = 0;
  	  esym.asym.index = indexNil;
  	  last = 0;
  	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
  	    {
  	      esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
  	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
  	      if (s != NULL)
  		{
  		  esym.asym.value = s->vma;
  		  last = s->vma + s->size;
  		}
  	      else
  		esym.asym.value = last;
  	      if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
  						 secname[i], &esym))
  		return FALSE;
  	    }
  
  	  for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
  	    {
  	      asection *input_section;
  	      bfd *input_bfd;
  	      const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
  	      struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
  	      char *eraw_src;
  	      char *eraw_end;
  
  	      if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
  		{
  		  if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
  		    continue;
  		  abort ();
  		}
  
  	      input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
  	      input_bfd = input_section->owner;
  
  	      if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
  		  || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
  		      ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
  		{
  		  /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
  		     doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
  		     want to deal with it.  */
  		  continue;
  		}
  
  	      input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
  			    ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
  
  	      BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
  
  	      /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
  		 read in the debugging information and set up an
  		 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now.  */
  	      if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
  						   &input_debug))
  		return FALSE;
  
  	      if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
  		     (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
  		      &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
  		return FALSE;
  
  	      /* Loop through the external symbols.  For each one with
  		 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
  		 the linker global hash table and save the information
  		 for the output external symbols.  */
  	      eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
  	      eraw_end = (eraw_src
  			  + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
  			     * input_swap->external_ext_size));
  	      for (;
  		   eraw_src < eraw_end;
  		   eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
  		{
  		  EXTR ext;
  		  const char *name;
  		  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
  
  		  (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
  		  if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
  		      || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
  		      || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
  		    continue;
  
  		  name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
  		  h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
  						 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
  		  if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
  		    continue;
  
  		  if (ext.ifd != -1)
  		    {
  		      BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
  				  < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
  		      ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
  		    }
  
  		  h->esym = ext;
  		}
  
  	      /* Free up the information we just read.  */
  	      free (input_debug.line);
  	      free (input_debug.external_dnr);
  	      free (input_debug.external_pdr);
  	      free (input_debug.external_sym);
  	      free (input_debug.external_opt);
  	      free (input_debug.external_aux);
  	      free (input_debug.ss);
  	      free (input_debug.ssext);
  	      free (input_debug.external_fdr);
  	      free (input_debug.external_rfd);
  	      free (input_debug.external_ext);
  
  	      /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
  		 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
  	      input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
  	    }
  
  	  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
  	    {
  	      /* Create .rtproc section.  */
  	      rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
  	      if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
  		{
  		  flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
  				    | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
  
  		  rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
  		  if (rtproc_sec == NULL
  		      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
  		      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
  		    return FALSE;
  		}
  
  	      if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
  						     info, rtproc_sec,
  						     &debug))
  		return FALSE;
  	    }
  
  	  /* Build the external symbol information.  */
  	  einfo.abfd = abfd;
  	  einfo.info = info;
  	  einfo.debug = &debug;
  	  einfo.swap = swap;
  	  einfo.failed = FALSE;
  	  mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
  				       mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
  	  if (einfo.failed)
  	    return FALSE;
  
  	  /* Set the size of the .mdebug section.  */
  	  o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
  
  	  /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
  	     matters, but someday it might).  */
  	  o->link_order_head = NULL;
  
  	  mdebug_sec = o;
  	}
  
        if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
  	{
  	  const char *subname;
  	  unsigned int c;
  	  Elf32_gptab *tab;
  	  Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
  	  unsigned int j;
  
  	  /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
  	     information describing how the small data area would
  	     change depending upon the -G switch.  These sections
  	     not used in executables files.  */
  	  if (! info->relocatable)
  	    {
  	      for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
  		{
  		  asection *input_section;
  
  		  if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
  		    {
  		      if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
  			continue;
  		      abort ();
  		    }
  
  		  input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
  
  		  /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
  		     elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
  		  input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
  		}
  
  	      /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
  		 currently matters, but someday it might).  */
  	      o->link_order_head = NULL;
  
  	      /* Really remove the section.  */
  	      for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
  		   *secpp != o;
  		   secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
  		;
  	      bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
  	      --abfd->section_count;
  
  	      continue;
  	    }
  
  	  /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
  	     uninitialized data.  */
  	  if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
  	    gptab_data_sec = o;
  	  else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
  	    gptab_bss_sec = o;
  	  else
  	    {
  	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
  		(_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
  		 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
  	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
  	      return FALSE;
  	    }
  
  	  /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
  	     .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
  	     .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss.  It is possible that there is
  	     no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
  	     case we must change the name of the output section.  */
  	  subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
  	  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
  	    {
  	      if (o == gptab_data_sec)
  		o->name = ".gptab.data";
  	      else
  		o->name = ".gptab.bss";
  	      subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
  	      BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
  	    }
  
  	  /* Set up the first entry.  */
  	  c = 1;
  	  amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
  	  tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
  	  if (tab == NULL)
  	    return FALSE;
  	  tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
  	  tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
  
  	  /* Combine the input sections.  */
  	  for (p = o->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
  	    {
  	      asection *input_section;
  	      bfd *input_bfd;
  	      bfd_size_type size;
  	      unsigned long last;
  	      bfd_size_type gpentry;
  
  	      if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
  		{
  		  if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
  		    continue;
  		  abort ();
  		}
  
  	      input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
  	      input_bfd = input_section->owner;
  
  	      /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
  		 by one.  We know that the input gptab entries are
  		 sorted by ascending -G value.  */
  	      size = input_section->size;
  	      last = 0;
  	      for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
  		   gpentry < size;
  		   gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
  		{
  		  Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
  		  Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
  		  unsigned long val;
  		  unsigned long add;
  		  bfd_boolean exact;
  		  unsigned int look;
  
  		  if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
  			 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
  			  sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
  		    {
  		      free (tab);
  		      return FALSE;
  		    }
  
  		  bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
  						&int_gptab);
  		  val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
  		  add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
  
  		  exact = FALSE;
  		  for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
  		    {
  		      if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
  			tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
  
  		      if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
  			exact = TRUE;
  		    }
  
  		  if (! exact)
  		    {
  		      Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
  		      unsigned int max;
  
  		      /* We need a new table entry.  */
  		      amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
  		      new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
  		      if (new_tab == NULL)
  			{
  			  free (tab);
  			  return FALSE;
  			}
  		      tab = new_tab;
  		      tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
  		      tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
  
  		      /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
  			 value, since that will be implied by this new
  			 value.  */
  		      max = 0;
  		      for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
  			{
  			  if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
  			      && (max == 0
  				  || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
  				      > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
  			    max = look;
  			}
  		      if (max != 0)
  			tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
  			  tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
  
  		      ++c;
  		    }
  
  		  last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
  		}
  
  	      /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
  		 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
  	      input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
  	    }
  
  	  /* The table must be sorted by -G value.  */
  	  if (c > 2)
  	    qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
  
  	  /* Swap out the table.  */
  	  amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
  	  ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
  	  if (ext_tab == NULL)
  	    {
  	      free (tab);
  	      return FALSE;
  	    }
  
  	  for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
  	    bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
  	  free (tab);
  
  	  o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
  	  o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
  
  	  /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
  	     matters, but someday it might).  */
  	  o->link_order_head = NULL;
  	}
      }
  
    /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work.  */
    if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
      return FALSE;
  
    /* Now write out the computed sections.  */
  
    if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
      {
        Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
  
        bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, &reginfo, &ext);
        if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
  	return FALSE;
      }
  
    if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
      {
        BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
        if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
  					       swap, info,
  					       mdebug_sec->filepos))
  	return FALSE;
  
        bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
      }
  
    if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
      {
        if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
  				      gptab_data_sec->contents,
  				      0, gptab_data_sec->size))
  	return FALSE;
      }
  
    if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
      {
        if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
  				      gptab_bss_sec->contents,
  				      0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
  	return FALSE;
      }
  
    if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
      {
        rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
        if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
  	{
  	  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
  					  rtproc_sec->contents,
  					  0, rtproc_sec->size))
  	    return FALSE;
  	}
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE.  */
  
  struct mips_mach_extension {
    unsigned long extension, base;
  };
  
  
  /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another.  The entries
     are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last.  */
  
  static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
    /* MIPS64 extensions.  */
    { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
    { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
  
    /* MIPS V extensions.  */
    { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
  
    /* R10000 extensions.  */
    { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
  
    /* R5000 extensions.  Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
       vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff.  It seems
       better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
       many libraries will just use the core ISA.  Perhaps we could add
       some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem.  */
    { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
    { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
  
    /* MIPS IV extensions.  */
    { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
    { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
    { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
    { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
    { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
  
    /* VR4100 extensions.  */
    { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
    { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
  
    /* MIPS III extensions.  */
    { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
    { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
    { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
    { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
    { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
    { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
    { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
  
    /* MIPS32 extensions.  */
    { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
  
    /* MIPS II extensions.  */
    { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
    { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
  
    /* MIPS I extensions.  */
    { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
    { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
  };
  
  
  /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
  {
    size_t i;
  
    for (i = 0; extension != base && i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
      if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
        extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
  
    return extension == base;
  }
  
  
  /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary.  */
  
  static bfd_boolean
  mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
  {
    return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
  	  || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
  	  || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
  	  || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
  	  || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
  	  || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
  	  || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
  }
  
  
  /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
     object file when linking.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
  {
    flagword old_flags;
    flagword new_flags;
    bfd_boolean ok;
    bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
    asection *sec;
  
    /* Check if we have the same endianess */
    if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
      {
        (*_bfd_error_handler)
  	(_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
  	 ibfd);
        return FALSE;
      }
  
    if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
        || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
      return TRUE;
  
    if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
      {
        (*_bfd_error_handler)
  	(_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
  	 ibfd);
        return FALSE;
      }
  
    new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
    elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
    old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
  
    if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
      {
        elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
        elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
        elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
  	= elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
  
        if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
  	  && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
  	{
  	  if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
  				   bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
  	    return FALSE;
  	}
  
        return TRUE;
      }
  
    /* Check flag compatibility.  */
  
    new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
    old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
  
    /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set.  It
       doesn't seem to matter.  */
    new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
    old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
  
    /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects.  Again, we should
       just be able to ignore this.  */
    new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
    old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
  
    if (new_flags == old_flags)
      return TRUE;
  
    /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
       If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
       actually cause any incompatibility.  */
    for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
      {
        /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
  	  which are automatically generated by gas.  */
        if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
  	  && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
  	  && (sec->size != 0
  	      || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
  		  && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
  		  && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
  	{
  	  null_input_bfd = FALSE;
  	  break;
  	}
      }
    if (null_input_bfd)
      return TRUE;
  
    ok = TRUE;
  
    if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
        != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
      {
        (*_bfd_error_handler)
  	(_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
  	 ibfd);
        ok = TRUE;
      }
  
    if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
    if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
  
    new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
    old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
  
    /* Compare the ISAs.  */
    if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
      {
        (*_bfd_error_handler)
  	(_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
  	 ibfd);
        ok = FALSE;
      }
    else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
      {
        /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's.  */
        if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
  	{
  	  /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD.  Also copy
  	     the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
  	     OBFD as a 32-bit binary.  */
  	  bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
  	  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
  	  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
  	    |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
  
  	  /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
  	     and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit.  */
  	  if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
  	      && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
  	      && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
  	    elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
  	}
        else
  	{
  	  /* The ISAs aren't compatible.  */
  	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
  	    (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
  	     ibfd,
  	     bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
  	     bfd_printable_name (obfd));
  	  ok = FALSE;
  	}
      }
  
    new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
    old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
  
    /* Compare ABIs.  The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI.  But, it
       does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI.  */
    if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
        || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
  	  != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
      {
        /* Only error if both are set (to different values).  */
        if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
  	  || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
  	      != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
  	{
  	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
  	    (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
  	     ibfd,
  	     elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
  	     elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
  	  ok = FALSE;
  	}
        new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
        old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
      }
  
    /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union).  */
    if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
      {
        elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
  
        new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
        old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
      }
  
    /* Warn about any other mismatches */
    if (new_flags != old_flags)
      {
        (*_bfd_error_handler)
  	(_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
  	 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
  	 (unsigned long) old_flags);
        ok = FALSE;
      }
  
    if (! ok)
      {
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
        return FALSE;
      }
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC.  */
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
  {
    BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
  	      || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
  
    elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
    elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  bfd_boolean
  _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
  {
    FILE *file = ptr;
  
    BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
  
    /* Print normal ELF private data.  */
    _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
  
    /* xgettext:c-format */
    fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
  
    if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
      fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
      fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
      fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
      fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
      fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
    else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
      fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
    else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
      fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
    else
      fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
  
    if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
      fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
      fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
      fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
      fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
      fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
      fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
      fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
      fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]"));
    else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
      fprintf (file, _(" [mips64r2]"));
    else
      fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
  
    if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
      fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]"));
  
    if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
      fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]"));
  
    if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
      fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
    else
      fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
  
    fputc ('\n', file);
  
    return TRUE;
  }
  
  struct bfd_elf_special_section const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[]=
  {
    { ".sdata",  6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
    { ".sbss",   5, -2, SHT_NOBITS,     SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
    { ".lit4",   5,  0, SHT_PROGBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
    { ".lit8",   5,  0, SHT_PROGBITS,   SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
    { ".ucode",  6,  0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
    { ".mdebug", 7,  0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
    { NULL,      0,  0, 0,              0 }
  };
  